To fly, we have to have resistance
Volume - 6 Issue - 12
June, 2011 (Monthly Magazine)
Editorial / Mailing Office :
112-B, Shakti Nagar, Kota (Raj.)
Tel. : 0744-2500492, 2500692, 3040000
e-mail : xtraedge@gmail.com
Editor :
Pramod Maheshwari
[B.Tech. IIT-Delhi]
Cover Design
Satyanarayan Saini
Layout
Rajaram Gocher
Circulation & Advertisement
Praveen Chandna
Ph 0744-3040000, 9672977502
Subscription
Sudha Jaisingh Ph. 0744-2500492, 2500692
© Strictly reserved with the publishers
• No Portion of the magazine can be
published/ reproduced without the
written permission of the publisher
• All disputes are subject to the
exclusive jurisdiction of the Kota
Courts only.
Every effort has been made to avoid errors or
omission in this publication. Inr spite of this,
errors are possible. Any mistake, error or
discrepancy noted may be brought to our
notice which shall be taken care of in the
forthcoming edition, hence any suggestion is
welcome. It is notified that neither the
publisher nor the author or seller will be
responsible for any damage or loss of action to
any one, of any kind, in any manner, there from.
Unit Price ` 20/-
Special Subscription Rates
6 issues : ` 100 /- [One issue free ]
12 issues : ` 200 /- [Two issues free]
24 issues : ` 400 /- [Four issues free]
Owned & Published by Pramod
Maheshwari, 112, Shakti Nagar,
Dadabari, Kota & Printed by Naval
Maheshwari, Published & Printed at 112,
Shakti Nagar, Dadabari, Kota.
Editor : Pramod Maheshwari
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Editorial
Dear Students,
Motivate Yourself
One of the greatest virtues of human beings is their ability to think and
act accordingly. The emergence of the techno savvy human from the
tree swinging ape has really been a long journey. This transition has
taken a span of countless centuries and lots of thinking caps have been
involved. Inquisitiveness and aspiration to come out with
the best have been the pillars for man's quest for development.
Self-motivation is the sheer force, which pulled him apart and
distinguished him from his primitive ancestors.
Many times, in our life, when we are reviving old memories we get into
a phase of nostalgia. We feel that we could have done better than what
we had achieved. But thinking back won’t rewind the tireless worker
called time. All we can do is promise ourselves that we will give our
very best in the future. But do we really keep up to our mental
commitments? I can guess that 90% answers are in the negative. This is
because of that creepy careless attitude which is slowly, but surely
entering into our mind. We easily forget the pains of yesterday to relish
the joys of today. This is the only time in our life, when we can control
our fate, by controlling our mind. So it is time to pull up our socks and
really motivate ourselves so that we can give our best shot in the future.
Self-motivation is the need of the hour. Only we can control and restrict
ourselves. It’s up to us, how we use our mental capabilities to the best
of our abilities.
Here are some Funda's for self-motivation. Don't just read them digest
each one of them and apply them and I bet it will make a better YOU.
• The ultimate motivator is defeat. Once you are defeated, you have
nowhere to go except the top.
• Then only thing stopping you is yourself.
• There is no guarantee that tomorrow will come. So do it today.
• Intentions don't count, but action's do.
• Don't let who you are, stunt what you want to be.
• Success is the greatest motivator.
• Your goals must be clear, but the guidelines must be flexible.
Try to include these one liners in your scrapbook or on your favorite
poster. You will be sub-consciously tuned to achieve what you want.
Also do keep in mind that nothing can control your destiny but you!
With Best Wishes for Your Future.
Yours truly
Pramod Maheshwari,
B.Tech., IIT Delhi
1 JUNE 2011
 Volume-6 Issue-12
June, 2011 (Monthly Magazine) CONTENTS
INDEX PAGE
NEXT MONTHS ATTRACTIONS
Regulars ..........
Much more IIT-JEE News.
NEWS ARTICLE 3
Know IIT-JEE With 15 Best Questions of IIT-JEE • IIT-B launches 'clean' energy laboratory
Challenging Problems in Physics,, Chemistry & Maths • Tech tycoon Shiv Nadar to set up research-led
Key Concepts & Problem Solving strategy for IIT-JEE.
university in Greater Noida
Xtra Edge Test Series for JEE- 2012 & 2013 IITian ON THE PATH OF SUCCESS 5
Mr. Krishnamurthy Rengarajan
KNOW IIT-JEE 6
Previous IIT-JEE Question

Study Time........
DYNAMIC PHYSICS 13
S 8-Challenging Problems [Set # 2]
Students’ Forum
Success Tips for the Months Physics Fundamentals
• Electrostatics-2
• If you haven nothing else to do, look about • Newton's Law of motion
you and see if there is not something close
CATALYSE CHEMISTRY 28
at hand that you can improve !
Key Concept
• He has achieved success who has worked
• Nomenclature & isomerism
well, laughed often, and loved much.
• Electro Chemistry
• You always pass failure on the way to Understanding : Inorganic Chemistry
success.
DICEY MATHS 36
• A journey of a thousand miles begins with
Mathematical Challenges
a single step.
Students’ Forum
• Your success will be largely determined by Key Concept
your ability to concentrates single- • Inverse Trigonometric Function
mindedly on one thing at a time. • Quadratic Equation

• Success is a journey, not a destination.

Test Time ..........
• Success comes in "Cans". Failure comes in
"Can't". XTRAEDGE TEST SERIES 46
• Success seems to be largely a matter of Class XII – IIT-JEE 2012 Paper
hanging on after others have let go. Class XI – IIT-JEE 2013 Paper

AIEEE- 2011 Examination Paper with Solution 61

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 2 JUNE 2011

IIT-B launches ‘clean’ energy
laboratory
Mumbai: The Indian Institute of
Technology-Bombay on Thursday
launched a laboratory, set up in
association with Applied Materials
Inc, a global supplier for
manufacturing solutions for semi-
conductor and solar industries.
The scope of the Applied Materials
Chemistry Laboratory for Energy and
Nanoelectronics (CLEAN) will
include developing materials that
could be used for electronic and
renewable energy focused
applications, such as next generation
solar cells.
Under the first phase of collaboration,
Applied Materials supplied equipment
worth $7.5 million to IIT-B for a
semiconductor fabrication facility.
IIT-B director Devang Khakhar said,
“CLEAN will begin a new phase of
the collaboration in areas related to
renewable energy.”
“This is a great example of the kind
of university and corporate
collaboration that is helping to
advance technology by enabling
world-class research, innovation and
workforce development,” said Mike
Splinter, chairman of the board of
Applied Materials.
The inauguration marked the renewal
of its five-year relationship, during
which it endowed the institute with
$12 million as research grants.
Officials said as part of the Indo-US
collaboration in the sector, Applied
Materials will work with the
Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar
Mission (JNNSM). “Our unique
collaboration will allow us to turn
material inventions into innovations,”
said Omkaram Nalamasu, chief
technology officer, Applied Materials.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Tech tycoon Shiv Nadar to set up
research-led university in Greater
Noida
Shiv Nadar, the founder chairman of
major HCL Technologies, announced on
Monday that he would set up a research-
led multidisciplinary university at
Greater Noida, a satellite town of Delhi.
The Shiv Nadar University, named after
the IT billionaire, marks the
germination of an idea that was
incubated five years ago in the mind of
Nadar, who thought of the concept in
his zest to make a creative difference in
India’s educational system.
“The University will be endowment-
led, research-driven with
multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary
approach,” Nadar told. The total
endowment would be R1,000 crore.
Education is not a virgin territory for
Nadar. The Shiv Nadar Foundation runs
the VidyaGyan School at Bulandshahar
in Uttar Pradesh that aims at nurturing
talent and leadership amongst the
highly gifted rural poor children.
A visibly happy Nadar said with the
setting up of this University, he feels
the same excitement as was when HCL
was first formed in 1976. Nadar had
already committed a 10% of his wealth
for philanthropic causes. His total
worth has been estimated at around
R15,000 crore.
Nadar said an undergraduate student
spends close to $150,000-$200,000
seeking degrees on foreign shores and a
good chunk comes from North India.
“At undergraduate levels one doesn’t
get scholarships. The idea to create a
world class University at Greater Noida
was born out of this need.”
It will offer courses in engineering,
social sciences, natural sciences,
schools of business and other
professional courses in due time. “We
will start admissions from this
academic session itself and the total
intake this year would be around 200-
3 JUNE 2011
300 students,” said Dr Nikhil Sinha,
the founding vice-chancellor of the
University. Sinha has served as
associate dean for academic affairs at
the University of Texas.
Nuclear plans get makeover
SAFETY FIRST Independent
regulator, reviews by external
experts on govt to-do list
Stunned by Fukushima and hit by
unprecedented anti-nuclear protests
in Jaitapur, the government
announced a series of dramatic
reforms to the country's nuclear
review mechanism that are aimed at
rebuilding public confidence in
India's ambitious nuclear
programme.
Soon, a one-shot cure for all
cancers
Universal Vaccine Uses Body’s
Own Defences To Stop All
Tumours In Their Tracks
London: Coming soon. Universal
cancer jab, say scientists who are
developing the vaccine which they
claim would stop all tumours in their
tracks. According to the scientists,
the jab is part of a new generation of
drugs that use the body’s own
defences to fight cancers like
pancreatic, prostate and breast,
stopping tumours in their tracks. The
jabs would hit the market in just two
years’ time, say the scientists.
Although vaccines usually prevent
disease, the Telo-Vac jab is designed
as a treatment. Rather than attacking
cancer cells, like many existing
drugs, it harnesses the power of the
immune system to fight the tumours,
they say. It works by encouraging the
immune system to seek out and
destroy an enzyme called telomerase.
Found at high levels in many cancer
cells, telomerase effectively makes
them fully immortal, allowing them to
live on when healthy cells would
die — easing the growth and spread of
the tumour.
In the largest trial of its kind in the
UK, more than 1,000 men and women
in the late stages of pancreatic cancer
are either being given the vaccine
alongside their normal drugs or treated
as usual, the ‘Daily Mail’ reported.
The results from the 53 hospitals
taking part will not be available until
next year but, anecdotally, some
patients credit their participation in the
trial with giving them an extra year or
two of life.
John Neoptolemos, who is co-
ordinating the large-scale British trial,
said: “When you have got pancreatic
cancer, it is like a timebomb in
people.” Pancreatic cancer cells are
normally invisible to the immune
system but the vaccine “spots” the
telomerase spilling out from them and
kickstarts the fight back.
Dr Jay Sangjae Kim, the founder of
GemVax, the Korean company
developing the TeloVac vaccine, said:
“We s
trongly believe this has the potential
to overcome the limits of other current
cancer vaccines and become part of
the standard of care not only for
pancreatic cancer but for various other
types of cancers.”
New engine sends shock waves
through auto industry
Prototype could potentially
decrease auto emissions up to 90
percent Despite shifting into higher
gear within the consumer's green
conscience, hybrid vehicles are still
tethered to the gas pump via a fuel-
thirsty 100-year-old invention: the
internal combustion engine.
However, researchers at Michigan
State University have built a prototype
gasoline engine that requires no
transmission, crankshaft, pistons,
valves, fuel compression, cooling
systems or fluids. Their so-called
Wave Disk Generator could greatly
improve the efficiency of gas-electric
hybrid automobiles and potentially
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
decrease auto emissions up to 90
percent when compared with
conventional combustion engines.
The engine has a rotor that's equipped
with wave-like channels that trap and
mix oxygen and fuel as the rotor spins.
These central inlets are blocked off,
building pressure within the chamber,
causing a shock wave that ignites the
compressed air and fuel to transmit
energy.
The Wave Disk Generator uses 60
percent of its fuel for propulsion;
standard car engines use just 15
percent. As a result, the generator is 3.5
times more fuel efficient than typical
combustion engines.
Researchers estimate the new model
could shave almost 1,000 pounds off a
car's weight currently taken up by
conventional engine systems.
Michigan State's team of engineers
hope to have a car-sized 25-kilowatt
version of the prototype ready by the
end of the year.
IITian from Sikar leaves Fortune
500 company to take up rural
welfare
From a government school at a
nondescript village in Sikar district to
IIT-Kgp, this youngster has come a
long way. Born to a humble farmer's
family, Rohit Garhwal now cherishes a
dream of developing an international
platform for the traditional agriculture
art & craft forms and agriculture and
minimise the exodus of rural talent to
cities.
To achieve his dream, the 25-year-old
has quit plush jobs at an MNC and an
NGO to study at the IIM-A.
"IIM-A offers incubation centre for
social ventures. Here, I will like to
construct a model of branding products
made by villagers and taking them in
international markets," said Rohit, who
has secured a seat in the most
prestigious management school, the
result of which was announced on
Friday afternoon.
Leaving behind the luxuries of an MNC
job earned after receiving a degree in
aerospace engineering from the most
sought after IIT at Kharagpur, Rohit
4 JUNE 2011
has taken the first big leap towards
translating his dream into reality by
securing the seat.
He had already started the
groundwork travelling daily from
one dusty village to another on the
state roadways bus to the hinterland
of Sikar, presiding over small public
gatherings, explaining to the
villagers the need for education and
healthcare to alleviate their social
and economic status.
Rohit now plans to take his work to a
higher level after completing his
IIM-A course.
An alumnus of the IIT-Kgp 2008
batch, Rohit was employed by a
financial firm listed in Fortune 500
companies. He called it quits a year
later worn out by the daily rigours of
explaining and devising business
models.
Back home, the IITian, being from a
farming background and a strong
advocator of inclusive growth,
ventured in social entrepreneurship.
He joined as consultant of an NGO
Helplads.
Using his technical skill, Rohit
organised workshops on themes
ranging from the basics of a
computer to robotics for village
children. "I plan fund-raising
activities along with developing
business models for small-time social
entrepreneurs in this region," Rohit
said.
• Inspired by other IIM students
who have turned entrepreneurs,
he said he was determined to
find a way to help the rural
people. "I am very worried of
the migration of villagers to
small towns and cities
abandoning their agricultural
and traditional art and craft
practices. I would like to use my
technical expertise and
management tools to create a
self-reliant environment for
them," Rohit added.
 Success Story
This article contains story/interviews of persons who succeed after graduation from different IITs
Mr. Krishnamurthy Rengarajan
IIT-B Gold Medallist
Knowledge is indeed wealth. Who better exemplifies it
than Krishnamurthy Rengarajan, IIT-B gold medallist
(B Tech dual-degree course). Krishnamurthy's story is that
of hard work, sheer grit and determination.
His undying passion for learning and excellence has paid
off. Coming from a lower middle class background ,
Krishnamurthy has made his parents proud when he passed
with flying colours.
His father, who works as a typist at Bharatiya Vidya
Bhavan is overwhelmed by his son's achievement.
Rengarajan, who hails from Tamil Nadu, came to Mumbai
28 years ago and settled down in a distant Mumbai suburb
of Dombivli. Though the family went through a lot of
hardships initially, he made sure that his children were
well educated.
"My son always wanted to join the IIT. When people
asked him what if you don't get through the entrance
examinations, he used to say, `there is no question of me
not clearing the test,'" says his proud father.
And, of course, he did top all the five years at IIT, a result
of sheer hard work and brilliance, says his mother, barely
able to control her excitement. "I am very happy for him,"
says Radha Rengarajan. Krishnamurthy did his schooling
at the Kidland School in Dombivli and pre-degree from V
G Vaze College at Mulund. His favourite subject being
mathematics it was obvious that he would pursue a degree
in engineering.
He won the Rakesh Mathur award of Rs 1 lakh (Rs
100,000) during his third year and other scholarships
throughout the four years.
Here's what Krishnamurthy had to say on his IIT
experience.
My IIT experience
The five years I spent at IIT were the best in my life. I will
cherish each and every moment here. I loved everything
here: the professors are the best one can ever get, the
facilities to study and the extra-curricular activities are
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
excellent. I made best of friends and thoroughly enjoyed
my college life.
I don't think I will ever get this experience anywhere else.
On studies
Before joining IIT, I used to study for 7 to 8 hours daily.
After joining IIT, I used to spend about a couple of hours. I
did not go for anything coaching classes. I learnt through
Brilliant Tutorial correspondence course and my
preparation began after I finished my 10th standard.
Why IIT
IIT is one of the premier institutes in India. I always
wanted to get good higher education, so I opted for IIT.
My mantra for success
There is no short cut to success. One has to work very
hard, put in a lot of effort, should have a problem-solving
mentality and a right approach to every problem.
My parents always stood by me, their support has been
invaluable and am overwhelmed.
Advice to IIT aspirants
Work hard. You have to spend a lot of time preparing as
exams are getting more and more competitive. You must
also have problem-solving skills.
Next move
"I have been selected for the scholarship programme at
Stanford University for a PhD in operations research. I
would like to research on optimising computer networks
and operation systems.
Will you come back to India?
I have been good in studies from my childhood. But
preparation for JEE is altogether different from earlier
studies. It is all about conceptual clarity rather than
cramming. So I always focussed on concepts and
supplemented it with required no. of problems.
My advice to all the IIT is aspirants out there is: Believe in
your capabilities and never under estimate yourself.
5 JUNE 2011
 KNOW IIT-JEE
By Previous Exam Questions

⇒ acceleration of the system is zero.

PHYSICS (ii) Taking equilibrium of B into consideration
2mg  1 2mg 
1. Block A of mass m and block B of mass 2m are Since, > µBNB µ B N B = × 
2  3 2 
placed on a fixed triangular wedge by means of a
∴ The difference of this force is provided by the
massless, in extensible string and a frictionless
force of tension
pulley as shown in figure. The wedge is inclined at
45º to the horizontal on both sides. The coefficient 2mg 1 2mg 2 2mg 2 2 mg
T= – = × =
of friction between block A and the wedge is 2/3 2 3 2 3 2 3
and that between block B and the wedge is 1/3. If 2 2 mg
the system A and B is released from rest, find (iii) T = in upwards direction; weight
3
[IIT-1997]
mg
component in downward direction.
2
A B mg
Since T >
2m 2
m
45º 45º ∴ The frictional force will act in downward
direction
(i) the acceleration of A,
(ii) tension in the string, and mg 2 2 mg 4–3 mg
f=T– = mg – = mg =
(ii) the magnitude and direction of the force of 2 3 2 3 2 2
friction acting on A 2. A uniform thin rod of mass M and length L is standing
2 1 vertically along the y-axis on a smooth horizontal
Sol. µAW = ; µBW =
3 3 surface, with its lower end at the origin(0, 0). A slight
disturbance at t = 0 causes the lower end to slip on the
smooth surface along the positive x-axis, and the rod
A T T B starts falling. [IIT-1993]
NA NB (i) What is the path followed by the centre of mass of
the rod during its fall?
mg 2mg 2mg
mg (ii) Find the equation of the trajectory of a point on the
2 mg 2
2 2mg 2
rod located at a distance r from the lower end. What
45º 45º is the shaper of the path of this point?
Sol. (i) Let the position of the rod at any instant be as
Diagram shows the various forces acting on the
shown in the figure at any instant. Let the end point
masses and their resolution in the direction of
of the rod have dimensions(x, 0) and (0, y) and rod
motion.
Let us consider the two masses to be a system. The making an angle θ with the x-axis as shown in the
forces trying to move the system, such that A moves figure.
upwards and B moves downwards
(0,y) B
2mg mg mg
= – = L/2
2 2 2
The forces trying to stop this motion (maximum N C
frictional force) L/2
= fA + fB = µA NA + µB NB θ A
2 mg 1 2mg 4 mg O M (x, 0)
= × + × =
3 2 3 2 3 2 ∆CBN is similar to ∆ABO
Since the stopping force is more therefore the mass CN AO CN x
∴ = ⇒ =
system will not move. CB AB L/2 L

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 6 JUNE 2011

 ⇒ CN = L/2 Sol. The mass B is moving in a circular path centred at
Also ∆ACM is similar to ∆ABO A. The centripetal force (mlω2) F'. Therefore a force
CM BO CM y F' acts on a (the hinge) which is equal to mlω2. The
∴ = ⇒ = same is the case for mass C. Therefore the net force
CA BA L/2 2
in the hinge is
∴ The co-ordinates of C (centre of mass) are
x y Fnet = F' 2 + F' 2 +2F' F' cos 60º
 , 
2 2 1
2 2 2
Fnet = 2F' 2 +2F' 2 ×2F' 2 × = 3 F' = 3 mlω2
Also x + y = L [in ∆ABO] using pythagorous 2
theorem] y
2 2 2
x y L
∴   +  =   A X
2 2
    2 F' 60º
F'
L
⇒ Motion of c.m. is a circular path of radius Fnet
2 l l
and the centre of the circle is at origin.
(ii) Let us consider a point P(x, y) at a distance r
from A and q be the inclination of rod AB with x- B l C
axis at any arbitraty instant of time t. (b) The force F acting on B will provide a torque to
x the system. This torque is
cos θ = (In ∆BPN)
L–r l 3
F× = Iα
y 2
sin θ = (in ∆APM)
r 3l
But cos2θ + sin2θ = 1 F× = (2ml2)α
2
2 2
 x   y 3 F
⇒   +   =1 ⇒ a=
L–R r 4 ml
3. Three particles A, B and C, each of mass m, are The total force acting on the system along x-
direction is F + (Fnet)x
connected to each other by three massless rigid rods to
This force is responsible for giving an acceleration
form a rigid, equilateral triangular body of side l. This ax to the system.
body is placed on a horizontal frictioness table
(x-y plane) and is hinged to it at the point A so that it
can move without friction about the vertical axis
3
through A (see figure). The body is set into rotational c.m l
2
motion on the table about A with a constant angular
velocity ω.
F
[IIT-2002]
Therefore
y F + (Fnet)x = 3m (ax) c.m.
A x F 3 F l F
= 3m Q ax = αr = × =
4m 4 ml 3 4
ω
3F
=
4
→
F F
∴ (Fnet)x = –
B l C 4
(a) Find the magnitude of the horizontal force (Fnet)y remains the same as before = 3 mlω2.
exerted by the hinge on the body.
(b) At time T, when the side BC is parallel to the 4. Two fixed equal, positive charges, each of magnitude
x-axis, a force F is applied on B along BC (as 5 × 10–5 coul. are located at points A and B separated
shown). Obtain the x-component and the by a distance of 5 m. An equal and opposite charge
y-component of the force exerted by the hinge on moves towards them along the line COD, the
the body, immediately after time. T. perpendicular bisector of the line AB. [IIT-1985]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 7 JUNE 2011

 A +q 5. A circular ring of radius R with uniform positive
charge density λ per unit length is located in the y-z
plane with its centre at the origin O, A particle of mass
O –q
m and positive charge q is projected from the point
D C
P(R 3 , 0,0) on the positive x-axis directly towards
O, with an initial speed v. Find the smallest (non-
B +q zero) value of the speed v such that the particle does
not return to P. [IIT-1993]
The moving charge, when it reaches the point C at a
distance of 4 m from O, has a kinetic energy of 4 Sol. Let the particle be at a distance x from the origin at a
point P at any instant. The electric field at P due to
joules. Calculate the distance of the farthest point D
charge on the circular ring is
which the negative charge will reach before returning
Y
towards C.
Sol. Total energy of the system of three charges when the
charge – q is at C
= P.E + K.E. q vA
X
 Kq × q K (q)(– q) Kq(– q)  P ( 3R ,0,0)
=  + + +4 ...(i) x
 6 5 5 
+q Z
x 2 + 32 A 1 2πRλx
5m E= from P to X
4πε 0 (R + x 2 ) 3 / 2
2
3m
D x C ∴ Force acting on q at P
3m 4m –q
F = qE
x 2 + 32
B 5m Small amount of work done in moving the particle
+q toward O for an infinitsinally small distance dx
Final energy of the system of three charges when – q dW = Fdx
is at D and momentarily at rest = P.E. + K.E. 1 2πRλxqdx
=
 Kq × q  4πε 0 (R 2 + x 2 ) 3 / 2
Kq(– q ) Kq(– q)
=  + +  The total work done
 6 x 2 + 32 x 2 + 32  0
2πRλq xdx
=
Kq × q
=
2Kq (– q )
...(ii)
W=
4πε 0 ∫ (R + x 2 ) 3 / 2
2
...(i)
6 x 2 + 32 3R
0
By the principle of conservation of energy from (i) xdx
and (ii) we get
Now, ∫ (R + x 2 ) 3 / 2
2
3R
kq × q 2kq (– q ) kq × q 2kq(– q )
+ =4= + Let R2 + x2 = t
6 5 6 x 2 + 32 ∴ 2xdx = dt
1 1  dt
2 = kq2  –  ⇒ xdx =
 5 2
x 2 + 32 
dt 1 2  1
2 1
= –
1 ∴ ∫ 2t 3/ 2
= –
2
 =–
t t
9 × 10 9 × 5 × 10 – 5 × 5 × 10 – 5 5 x 2 + 32 0
 1 
20 1 1 = – 
= –
9× 5× 5 5 x 2 + 32  R 2 + x 2  3R

1 1 4 9–4 5 1 1 1 1 1 1
= – = = = =– + =– + =–
2 2 5 45 45 45 9 R R 2 + 3R 2 R 2R 2R
x +3
∴ x2 + 9 = 91 ∴ x + 8.48 m Substituting in (i) we get
2πRλq 1 λq
W= × =
4πε 0 2R 4ε 0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 8 JUNE 2011

 This work done needs to be supplied by the kinetic Na2O + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2O ..(1)
energy given to the charge initially. 2 × 23 + 16 = 62g 2(23 + 35.5) = 117 g
1 λq λq K2O + 2HCl → 2KCl + H2O ..(2)
∴ mv2 = ⇒ v=
2 4ε 0 2ε 0 m 2 × 39 + 16 = 94g 2(39 + 35.5) = 149 g
This is the minimum velocity through which the Mass of chlorides = 0.1180 g
charge q must be projected to reach the origin. Let, Mass of NaCl = x g
∴ Mass of KCl = (0.1180 – x)g
Again, on reaction with silver nitrate,
NaCl + AgNO3 → AgCl + NaNO3 ..(3)
CHEMISTRY 23 + 35.5 = 58.5g 108 + 35.5 = 143.5g
KCl + AgNO3 → AgCl + KNO3 ...(4)
6. The equilibrium constant Kp of the reaction 39 + 35.5 = 74.5g 108 + 35.5 = 143.5g
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) is 900 atm–1 at 800 Total mass of AgCl obtained = 0.2451 g
K. A mixture containing SO3 and O2 having initial Step 1. From eq. (3)
partial pressures of 1 atm and 2 atm, respectively, is 58.5 g of NaCl yields = 143.5 g AgCl
heated at constant volume to equilibrate. Calculate
143.5
the pressure of each gas at 800 K. [IIT- 1989] ∴ x g of NaCl yields = x g AgCl
Sol. Since to start with SO2 is not present, it is expected 58.5
that some of SO3 will decompose to give SO2 and O2 And from eq. (4),
at equilibrium. If 2x is the partial pressure of SO3 that 74.5 g of KCl yields = 143.5 g of AgCl
is decreased at equilibrium, we would have ∴ (0.1180 – x)g of KCl yields
2SO2(g) + O2(g) 2SO3(g) 143.5
= (0.1180 – x)g AgCl
t=0 0 2 atm 1 atm 74.5
teq 2x 2 atm + x 1 atm – 2x Total mass of AgCl
(p SO3 ) 2 (1 atm − 2 x ) 2 143.5 143.5
Hence, Kp = = x+ (0.1180 – x) = 0.2451
58.5 74.5
2
(p SO 2 ) (p O 2 ) (2x ) 2 (2 atm + x )
which gives, x = 0.0342
= 900 atm–1 Hence, Mass of NaCl = x = 0.0342 g
Assuming x << 2 atm, we get And Mass of KCl = 0.1180 – 0.0342 = 0.0838g
(1 atm − 2x ) 2 Step 2. From eq.(1),
2
= 900 atm–1 117 g of NaCl is obtained from = 62 g Na2O
(2x ) (2 atm)
∴ 0.0342 g NaCl is obtained from
(1 atm − 2x ) 2 62
or = 1800 = × 0.032 = 0.018 g Na2O
(2x ) 2 117
1 atm From eq. (2),
or – 1 = 42.43 149 g of KCl is obtained from = 94 g K2O
2x
∴ 0.0838 g of KCl is obtained from
1
or x = atm = 0.0115 atm 94
2 × 43.43 = × 0.0838 = 0.053 g K2O
149
Hence, p(SO2) = 2x = 0.023 atm;
0.018
p(O2) = 2atm + x = 2.0115 atm and Step 3. % of Na2O in feldspar = × 100 = 3.6%
0.5
p(SO3) = 1 atm – 2x = 0.977 atm
0.053
% of K2O in feldspar = × 100 = 10.6 %
7. The oxides of sodium and potassium contained in a 0.5
0.5 g sample of feldspar were converted to the 8. Compound (A) is a light green crystalline solid. It
respective chlorides. The weight of the chlorides thus gives the following tests :
obtained was 0.1180 g. Subsequent treatment of the
(i) It dissolves in dilute H2SO4 without evolving any
chlorides with silver nitrate gave 0.2451 g of silver
gas.
chloride. What is the percentage of Na2O and K2O in
(ii) A drop of KMnO4 is added to the above solution.
the mixture ? [IIT-1979]
The pink colour disappears.
Sol. Mass of sample of feldspar containing Na2O and
(iii) Compound (A) is heated strongly. Gases (B) and
K2O = 0.5 g.
(C) with pungent smell came out. A brown
According to the question, residue (D) is left behind.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 9 JUNE 2011

 (iv) The gas mixture (B) and (C) is passed into Sol. The alkyl halide X, on dehydrohalogenation gives
dichromate solution. The solution turns green. two isomeric alkenes.
(v) The green solution from step (iv) gives a white K − t − butoxide
C 6 H13Cl   → Y + Z
ppt. (E) with a solution of Ba(NO3)2. X ∆ ; – HCl C 6 H12
(vi) Residue (D) from (v) is heated on charcoal in Both, Y and Z have the same molecular formula
reducing flame. It gives a magnetic substance. C6H12(CnH2n). Since, both Y and Z absorb one mol of
Identify compounds (A) to (E) and predict all the H2 to give same alkane 2, 3-dimethyl butane, hence
equations. [IIT-1980] they should have the skeleton of this alkane.
Sol. The fore said observations may be briefly
summarised as follows : Y and Z (C6H12) H→
2 CH3 – CH – CH – CH3
Ni
Dil. H SO
(a) A  2 
4
→ Solution of CH3 CH3
Light green solid (A)
2,3-dimethyl butane
KMnO
 
4
→ Pink colour disappears
The above alkane can be prepared from two alkenes
∆
(b) A → B + C + D CH3 – C = C – CH3 and CH3 – CH – C = CH2
Pungent smelling Brown residue
gas
CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
(c) K 2 Cr2 O 7 B+
C
→ Green solution 2,3-dimethyl 2,3-dimethyl
butene-1
Solution butene-2 (Z)
Ba ( NO ) (Y)
  →
3 2
E
White ppt .
The hydrogenation of Y and Z is shown below :
(d) D Char
 ∆
coal
→ a magnetic substance CH3 – C = C – CH3 H2
CH3 – CH – CH – CH3
Brown residue
Ni
From the last step, one may conclude that brown CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
residue (D) (hence also compound (A)) must be a salt (Y)
of iron. Since (A) decolourises KMnO4 solution H2
hence it should be a salt of Fe (II). The reactions CH3 – CH – C = CH2 CH3 – CH – CH – CH3
Ni
involved are given below. CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
MnO4– + 8H+ + 5e– → Mn2+ + 4H2O (Z)
[Fe2+ → Fe3+ + e–] × 5
Both, Y and Z can be obtained from following alkyl
MnO −4 + 5Fe 2 + + 8H+ → Mn 2 + + 5Fe3+ + 4H2O halide :
Pink Green Colourless
Cl
From observations of (b) and (c), one concludes that
compound (A) should be FeSO4 as on heating, it K-t-butoxide
CH3 – C – CH – CH3
gives pungent gases SO2 and SO3. ∆; –HCl
∆ CH3 CH3
2FeSO 4 → Fe 2 O 3 + SO 2 + SO 3
(A) (D) ( B) (C) 2-chloro-2,3-dimethyl butane
( Brown ) (X)
SO2, gas turns dichromate solution green due to CH2 = C — CH – CH3 + CH3 – C = C – CH3
formation of green coloured sulphate of chromium
(III), the different equations are, CH3 CH3 CH3 CH3
Cr2O72– + 14H+ + 6e– → 2Cr3+ + 7H2O (Z) 20% (Y) 80%
[SO2 + 2H2O → 4H+ + SO42– + 2e–] × 3 Cl
Cr2O72– + 3SO2 + 2H+ → 2Cr3+ + 3SO42– + H2O
White ppt. (E) is of BaSO4 Hence, X, CH3 – C – CH – CH3
Cr2 (SO 4 ) 3 + 3Ba(NO3)2 → 3BaSO 4 ↓ + 2Cr(NO3)3 CH3 CH3
Green (E)

Hence, (A) is FeSO4 (B) is SO2 (C) is SO3 (D) is Y, CH3 – C = C – CH3
Fe2O3 and (E) is BaSO4 CH3 CH3

9. An alkyl halide X, of formula C6H13Cl on treatment Z, CH3 – CH – C = CH2

with potassium t-butoxide gives two isomeric alkenes
CH3 CH3
Y and Z(C6H12). Both alkenes on hydrogenation give
2, 3-dimethyl butane. Predict the structures of X, Y
and Z. [IIT-1996]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 10 JUNE 2011

10. An organic compound A, C6H10O, on reaction with z1 + z 2
CH3MgBr followed by acid treatment gives ⇒ = z0
2
compound B. The compound B on ozonolysis gives
compound C, which in presence of a base gives 1- ⇒ z2 = – 3i , (where z0 = 1 + 0 i)
acetyl cyclopentene D. The compound B on reaction z3 – 1
with HBr gives compound E. Write the structures of and = e± iπ/2
z1 – 1
A, B, C and E. Show how D is formed from C.
[IIT-2000]  π π
⇒ z3 = 1 + (1 + 3 i ).  cos ± i sin  ,
Sol. The given reactions are as follows.  2 2
O OMgBr CH3 CH3
Br as z1 = 2 + 3i
CH3
CH3MgBr H+ HBr = 1 ± i(1 + 3i )
–H2O
= (1 m 3)±i
(A) (B) (E)
z3 = (1 – 3 ) + i and z4 = (1 + 3)–i
COCH3 COCH3 CH3 12. If M is a 3 × 3 matrix, where MT M = I and det (M) = 1,
O then prove that det (M – I) = 0. [IIT-2004]
Base O O T
Sol. As, M M = I and |M| = 1
(D) (C) ⇒ |MT M| = | I |
The conversion of C into D may involve the ⇒ |MT M| = |M| {as | I | = 1 = |M|}
following mechanism. ⇒ |MT| |M| – |M| = 0
⇒ |M| (|MT| – 1) = 0
COCH3 COCH3 COCH3 ⇒ |M| = 0 or |MT| = 1 {neglecting |M| = 0}
⇒ |MT| = 1 ...(i)
CH2 O HC O HC O–
B+ BH+ ∴ |M – I| = |M – I| |MT| = |MMT –MT|
= |I – MT| = – |MT – I|
–BH+ –B
= – |M – I|T
(C)
⇒ |M – I| + |M – I| = 0
COCH3 COCH3 ⇒ |M – I| = 0
COCH3
–
OH +B OH –OH–
13. A function f : R → R satisfies the equation
–BH+ f (x + y) = f (x) f (y) for all x, y in R and f (x) ≠ 0 for any
(D) x in R. Let the function be differentiable at x = 0 and
f ' (0) = 2. Show that f '(x) = 2 f (x) for all x in R. Hence,
determine f (x). [IIT-1990]
MATHEMATICS Sol. We have, f(x + y) = f (x). f (y) for all x, y ∈ R.
∴ f (0) = f (0). f (0) ⇒ f (0) {f (0) – 1} = 0
11. If one of the vertices of the square circumscribing the ⇒ f (0) = 1 {Q f (0) ≠ 0}
f (0 + h) – f (0)
circle |z – 1| = 2 is 2 + 3 i . Find the other Now, f '(0) = 2 ⇒ lim =2
h →0 h
vertices of square. [IIT-2005]
f ( h) – 1
Sol. Here, centre of circle is (1, 0) is also the mid-point ⇒ lim =2 {Q f (0) = 1}
of diagonals of square h →0 h
y z1(2, 3 )
f ( x + h) – f ( x )
⇒ f '(x) = lim
z3 h →0 h
f ( x). f (h) – f ( x)
(1, 0) = lim ,
x h→0 h
z0 {using f (x + y) = f (x). f(y)}
z4  f ( h) – 1 
= f (x) .  lim
 h →0 h 
z2 = 2 f (x)
∴ f ' (x) = 2 f (x)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 11 JUNE 2011

 f ' ( x) | 3y + x – 2 |
or = 2 ; integrating both sides between 0 to x, Case II : If y ≤
f ( x) 2
we get ⇒ 2y ≤ 2 – x – 3 y [i.e. 3 y + x – 2 < 0]
x
f ' ( x)
∫ f ( x)
dx = 2x ⇒ (2 + 3 )y ≤ 2 – x
0 ⇒ y ≤ – tan 15º. (2 – x)
⇒ log |f (x)| – log |f (0)| = 2x from above discussion P moves in side the ∆ as
⇒ loge|f (x)| = 2x, shown,
{as, f (0) = 1 ⇒ log|f (0)| = 0} y
⇒ f (x) = e2x B(1, 1/ 3 )

1 Q
14. Let O(0, 0), A(2, 0) and B(1, ) be the vertices of a
3
triangle. Let R be the region consisting of all those x
O (0, 0) C A(2, 0)
points P inside ∆OAB which satisfy d(P, OA) ≥ min (1, 0)
{d(P, OB), d(P, AB)}, when d denotes the distance
⇒ Area of shaded region
from the point to the corresponding line. Sketch the
region R and find its area. [IIT-1997] = area of ∆OQA
Sol. Let the coordinate of P be (x ,y) 1
= (base) × height
y 2
B(1, 1/ 3 ) 1
= (2) (tan 15º) = tan 15º
2
= (2 – 3 ) sq. units
P
x 15. Circle with radii 3, 4 and 5 touch each other externally
O (0, 0) A(2, 0) if P is the point of intersection of tangents to these
Equation of line OA be y = 0 circles at their points of contact. Find the distance of P
from the point of contact. [IIT-2005]
Equation of line OB be 3y=x
Sol. As the circles with radii 3, 4 and 5 touch each other
Equation of line AB be 3 y=2–x externally and P is the point of intersection of
tangents
d(P, OA) = distance of P from line OA = y
A
| 3y – x |
d(P, OB) distance of P from line OB =
2
4 5
d(P, AB) = distance of P from line C2 C1
| 3y + x – 2 | 4 R 5
AB =
2 3 3
Given : d(P, OA) ≤ min. {d(P, OB), d(P, AB)} C3
 | 3 y – x | | 3 y + x – 2 
y ≤ min.  ,  ⇒ P is incentre of ∆C1C2C3.
 2 2 
Thus distance of point P from the points of contact
| 3y – x | | 3y + x – 2 | = In radius (r) of ∆C1C2C3.
⇒ y≤ and y ≤
2 2 ∆ s ( s – a )( s – b)( s – c)
i.e., r = =
| 3y – x | s s
Case I : y ≤ , {since 3 y – x < 0}
2 where 2s = 7 + 8 + 9
x – 3y ∴ s = 12
⇒ y≤
2 (12 – 7)(12 – 8)(12 – 9) 5.4.3
Hence, r = = = 5
⇒ (2 + 3 ) y ≤ x. 12 12
⇒ y ≤ x tan 15º

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 12 JUNE 2011

 Physics Challenging Problems
Set # 2

This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in physics that would be very helpful in facing IIT
JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and we
hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Dev Sharma
So lutions will b e p ub lished in nex t issue Director Academics, Jodhpur Branch

1. Initially the capacitor is uncharged, the switch is put 3Ω

to position 1. t1 sec later charge on the capacitor is
9µC . After steady state is reached the switch is put
to position 2. t1 sec. later charge on the capacitor is
3µC . The capacitance of the capacitor is – 2Ω R 8Ω

C 5Ω

S (A) 72 Ω (B) 76 Ω
2
1
(C) 80 Ω (D) 88 Ω

4V 4. A circular loop is placed near a long straight current

carrying wire
(A) 1.5 µF (B) 3 µF
(C) 6 µF (D) 3.37 µF

2. A pure inductor is connected across a battery with i

no internal resistance. The graph of current (i) Vs
time (t) is best represented by –

Column – I Column – II
i i
(A) Induced current in (P) i is increased
loop is in clockwise direction shown
(A) (B) direction
(B) Induced current in (Q) wire with constant
t t loop is in anticlockwise i moved away
direction from loop
i i (C) wire will repel loop (R) i is decreased in
the direction
(C) (D) shown
(D) wire will attract loop (S) loop is moved
t t towards the wire
(T) Direction of
3. When two identical voltmeters are connected so as current i is
to measure the potential difference across the reversed and
resistors of 3Ω and 8Ω respectively, their readings then it is further
are same. The resistance of each voltmeter is – decreased.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 13 JUNE 2011

Passage # (Q. No. 5 to Q. No. 7) 6. What is the frequency which is sounded equally
A loudspeaker system uses alternating current to loudly by both speakers –
amplify sound of certain frequencies. It consists
of 2 speakers. 1 R2 1 1 4R 2 1
(A) − (B) −
C 2π L2 LC 2π L2 LC

Tweeter 1 1 R2 1
(C) − 2 (D) LC
2π LC 4L 2π

woofer L
7. For a combination of L, R and C the current in
woofer and tweeter are always found to have a phase
~ π
v0 sin(ωt) difference of . What is the relation between L, R
2
Tweeter-which has smaller diameter produces high and C –
frequency sounds. Woofer which has large diameter
produces low frequency sound. For purpose of (A) L = 2R2C (B) L = 2 R 2 C
circuit analysis, we can take both speakers to be of R 2C
equal resistance R. The equivalent circuit is show in (C) L = R2C (D) L =
the figure. The 2 speakers are connected to the 2
amplifier via capacitance and inductance
8. The four terminal network shown in the figure,
respectively. The capacitor in tweeter branch blocks
consists of four equal resistors and is a part of a
the low frequency sound but passes the high
larger circuit. The points A, B and C are at same
frequency. The inductor in woofer branch does the
potential. The potential difference between A and D is
opposite.
40V. Find the potential difference between O and D.
5. Which plot correctly represents r.m.s. current
against frequency – A

Woofer Woofer
r
(A) I Tweeter (B) I Tweeter
r O r
f f B D
Woofer Tweeter
r
(C) I Tweeter (D) I Woofer
f f C

6. All resistors in series have equal current (I).

7. All resistors in parallel have equal voltage (V).
8. If two charged spheres touch each other add the
charges and divide by two to find the final
charge on each sphere.

Regents Physics 9. Insulators contain no free electrons.

10. Ionized gases conduct electric current using
You Should Know Electricity positive ions, negative ions and electrons.
1. A coulomb is charge, an amp is current 11. Electric fields all point in the direction of the
[coulomb/sec] and a volt is potential difference force on a positive test charge.
[joule/coulomb].
12. Electric fields between two parallel plates are
2. Short fat cold wires make the best conductors. uniform in strength except at the edges.
3. Electrons and protons have equal amounts of 13. Millikan determined the charge on a single
charge (1.6 x 10-19 coulombs each). electron using his famous oil-drop experiment.
4. Adding a resistor in parallel decreases the total 14. All charge changes result from the movement of
resistance of a circuit. electrons not protons (an object becomes positive
5. Adding a resistor in series increases the total by losing electrons)
resistance of a circuit.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 14 JUNE 2011

 8 Solution
Set # 1

Physics Challenging Problems

Qu e s tio ns we r e Pub lis he d in Ma y Is su e

1. Dipole moment = λL2 7. Option [C] is correct

And torque on dipole = EλL = Wx
Option [C] is correct 8. Option [C] is correct
Net pulling force
2. Conceptual Acceleration =
Option [B] is correct pulled mass
qE − mg qE
3. Option [A] is correct = = − g = 10m / s 2
m m
V at 0.5 sec v = 5 m/s
4. Final current is that distributes in inverse ratio
R
dv B 2 vl 2
to inductance. and m = qE − mg −
Option [C] is correct dt R
a = 20 – 10 – 10 = 0
5. Option [B] is correct
dV dv
= 10 − 2 v ⇒ = dt
6. Option [B] is correct dt 10 − 2 v
Transitions emitting photons of energy more than
work function W = 2.3eV can result in a ⇒ v = 5[1 + 3e − ( 2 t − 4) ]
photoelectric.
h h h
λ= = ⇒ λ min =
p 2mK 2mK max
Kmax = 13.6 – 0.85

THE BRAND NEW EMOTIONAL ROBOT

Most of the people always think, the robots are only the machines that didn’t have any feeling.
It’s definitely impossible for the scientists to apply emotion on the robots.
Well, please don’t be so sure about your thought yet, as the scientists at Georgia Tech had
decided to test our ability to interpret a robot’s emotion. The research group discovered that
older adults showed some unexpected differences in the way they read a robot’s face from the
way younger adult did.
Jenay Beer, a graduate student in Georgia Tech’s School of Psychology described that the home-based assistive
robots have the potential to help older adults, as they can be used to keep the older adults independent longer. As a
result, it reduces healthcare needs and provides everyday assistance to the elders.
Based on the previous research, the robot found out that older adults are less accurate in recognizing anger, fear and
happiness. Furthermore, the older adults have problem recognizing the happy robot compared with their success in
recognizing happy people.
Another interesting fact about the experiment was the researchers discovered that neither the young nor old could
easily distinguish the emotion disgust on the virtual iCat. It might be due to the difficulty in programming a robot to
show the emotion!

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 15 JUNE 2011

 Students' Forum
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
PHYSICS
1. Two blocks of mass m1 and m2 are attached at the v =0 x max
 m1F2 + m 2 F1  m1 + m 2  
ends of an ideal spring of force constant K and
natural length l0. The system rests on a smooth
∴ ∫
v =0
v du = ∫
x =0


 m1.m 2
– 
 m1.m 2
K x  dx
 
horizontal plane. Blocks having mass m1 and m2 are
m1F2 + m 2 F1
pulled apart by applying force F1 and F2 respectively or 0= (xmax – 0)
as shown in figure. Calculate maximum elongation of m1.m 2
the spring.  m + m2  K 2
m1 m2 –  1  ( x max – 0)
K  m1.m 2  2
F1 F2
2  m1F + m 2 F1 
or xmax = .   Ans.
Sol. Let at an instant, displacement of m2 be x2 K  m1 + m 2 
(rightwards) and that of m1 be x1 (rightwards) and let
x2 > x1. 2. One end of an ideal spring is fixed to a wall at origin
Elongation of spring at this instant is x = (x2 – x1) O and axis of spring is parallel to x-axis. A block of
But (x2 – x1) is displacement of m2 relative to m1 . mass m = 1 kg is attached to free end of the spring
and its is performing SHM. Equation of position of
Let rightward acceleration of two blocks at this
the block in co-ordinate system shown in figure is x =
instant be a1 and a2 ,
10 + 3. sin (10.t),t is in second and x in cm.
Considering the free body diagrams, as shown in
Another block of mass M = 3 kg, moving towards the
figure
origin with velocity 30 cm/sec collides with the block
m1g m2g performing SHM at t = 0 and gets stuck to it
Calculate
F1 Kx F1 F2
1 Kg 3 Kg
m1.a1 m2.a2
N1 N2 x
O
Considering horizontal forces, (i) new amplitude of oscillations,
Kx – F1 (ii) new equation for position of the combined body
Kx – F1 = m1a1 or a1 =
m1 and
F2 – Kx (iii) loss of energy during collision. Neglect friction.
F2 – Kx = m2a2 or a2 = Sol. Natural length of the spring is 10 cm and force
m2
constant of the spring is K = 100 Nm–1 .
Acceleration of m2 relative to m1 is a = a2 – a1 Just before collision, velocities of 1 kg block and
F – Kx Kx – F1 3 kg block are (+ 0.30 ms–1) and (– 0.30 ms–1)
or a = 2 –
m2 m1 respectively. Let velocity of combined body just after
collision be v, then, according to law of conservation
m1F2 + m 2 F1  m1 + m 2  of momentum, (1 + 3) v = 1 (0.30) + 3 ( – 0.30)
= – Kx  
m1.m 2  m1m 2  or v = – 0.15 ms–1.
dy Negative sign indicates that combined body starts to
But a = v where v = velocity of m2 relative to m1. move leftward. But at the instant of collision spring is
dx in its natural length or combined body is in
At initial moment, elongation x = 0 and v = 0. At the equilibrium position. Hence at t = 0, phase of
instant of maximum elongation velocities of two combined body becomes equal to π.
blocks are identical or at x = xmax, v = 0. Now angular frequency of oscillations of combined
body is

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 16 JUNE 2011

 K 100 or
^ ^ ^ ^
(8 – u) i + (7 – v) j = 6 i + 8 j
ω' = = = 5 rad sec–1 .
m+M 1+ 3
∴ u = 2 and v = –1
∴ New amplitude of oscillations is or Co-ordinates of point A are (2, –1) Ans. (ii)
|v| 0.15 Since, minimum radius of sphere corresponds to
a' = = = 0.3 m or 3 cm Ans. (i)
ω' 5 electric field strength at surface of sphere to be equal
∴ Equation for position x of combined body is to dielectric strength of air.
given by Therefore radius R of sphere is given by,
x = l0 + a' sin(ω't + π) q
9 × 109 2 = 3 × 106 Vm–1
or x = 10 + 3 sin (5t + π) cm R
or x = 10 – 3 sin (5t) cm Ans. (ii)
∴ R= 3 × 10 –3 m = 30 cm = 5.48 cm Ans. (iii)
Kinetic energy of two blocks (Just before collision)
1 1
= m(0.3)3 + M(0.3)2 = 0.18 joule 4. A steady beam of α-particles travelling with kinetic
2 2 energy E = 83.5 keV carries current of I = 0.2 µA.
Kinetic energy of combined body (just after collision) (i) If this beam strikes a plane surface at an angle
1 θ = 30º with normal to the surface, how many
= (m + M) v2 = 0.045 Joule
2 α-particles strike the surface in t = 4 second?
∴ Loss of energy, during collision (ii) How many α-particles are there in length l = 20 cm
= 0.18 – 0.045 joule of the beam?
= 0.135 joule Ans.(iii) (iii Calculate power of the source used to accelerate
these α-particles from rest.
3. A small sphere is charged uniformly and placed at (Mass of α-particle = 6.68 × 10–27 kg)
point A(u, v) so that at point B(8, 7) electric field Sol. Since, current is rate of flow of charge through a
→ ^ ^ section, there fore, a current I = 0.2 µA means that a
strength is E = (54 i + 72 j ) NC–1 and potential is +
charge 0.2 µC is flowing per second.
900 volt. Calculate
Charge of an α-particle θ = 2e = 3.2 × 10–19C
(i) magnitude of charge,
∴ Rate of flow of α-particles,
(ii) co-ordinates of point A, and
I
(iii) if di-electric strength of air is 3 × 106 Vm–1, n= = 6.25 × 1011 per second
minimum possible radius of the sphere. q
Sol. Since, potential due to sphere is positive, therefore, it ∴ Number of α-particles striking against a surface in
is positively charged. Let magnitude of charge on t = 4 second
sphere be q and let distance AB be equal to r. = n × t = 6.25 ×1011 × 4 = 2.5 × 1012 Ans.(i)
q (Note : There is no significance of angle θ for
Potential at B, V = 9 × 109 2 = 900 volt ...(i)
r calculation of number of α-particles striking the
Magnitude of Electric field at B is E surface.)
q Kinetic energy of each α-particle is E = 83.5 ke V
= 9 × 109 2 = 54 2 + 72 2 NC–1 or E = (83.5 × 103) (1.6 × 10–19) J
r
1
q But E = mv2 where m = 6.68 × 10–27 kg
or 9 × 109 2 = 90 NC–1 ...(ii) 2
r
∴ Velocity of α-particles is v = 2 × 106ms–1 .
Dividing equation (i) by (ii) r = 10 m
It means a beam of length v = 2 × 106 m crosses a
Substituting this value in equation (i),
section in one second. But number of α-particles
q = 10–6 coulomb or 1µC Ans. (i) passing through a section in one second is
Since q is a positive charge, therefore n = 6.25 × 1011
→ →
→ → ∴ Number of α-particles in unit length of the beam
AB E
AB || E or = n
→ → = = 3.125 × 105 per m.
| AB | |E| v
^ ^ ^ ^ n
(8 – u ) i + (7 – v) j 54 i + 72 j ∴ Number of α-particle in length l of beam = l
or = v
r 90
= 6.25 × 104 Ans.(ii)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 17 JUNE 2011

 Let potential difference of the source be V volt. i 2
i1 = and i2 = i
Kinetic energy of α-particles accelerated by this 3 3
source, But thermal power generated in a resistance R is
E P = i2R where i is current flowing through it.
E = qV or V = = 41.75 kV
q Therefore, heat generated P1, P2 and P3 across 4Ω,
Power supplied by the source to accelerate 6Ω and 3Ω resistances is in ration 4i 2 : 6i12 : 3i 22
α-particles, 2 4
or P1 : P2 : P3 = 4 : : =6:1:2
P = VI = 8.35 × 10–3 watt Ans. (iii) 3 3
But total heat generated is P1 + P2 + P3 = U
5. A two way switch S is used in the circuit shown in ∴ Heat generated across 4Ω is P1 = 120 J Ans.
Fig. First, the capacitor is charged by putting the Heat generated across 6Ω is P2 = 20 J Ans.
switch in position 1. Heat generated across 3Ω is P3 = 40 J Ans.
60V Since, during discharging, no current flows through
+ – 10Ω 10Ω, therefore heat generated across it is equal to
zero. Ans.

1 0.1F

2 S
6Ω

4Ω
3Ω
Calculate heat generated across each resistor when
switch is in position 2.
Regents Physics
Sol. Initially the switch was in position 1. Therefore, You Should Know Mechanics
initially potential difference across capacitor was
equal to emf of the battery i.e. 60 volt. 1. Weight (force of gravity) decreases as you move
∴ Initially energy stored in the capacitor was away from the earth by distance squared.
1 1
U = CV2 = × 0.1 × 602 J 2. Mass and inertia are the same thing.
2 2
= 180 J 3. Constant velocity and zero velocity means the
q net force is zero and acceleration is zero.
+ –
i 4. Weight (in newtons) is mass x acceleration
(w = mg). Mass is not weight!

6Ω 5. Velocity, displacement [s], momentum, force

i i1
and acceleration are vectors.
4Ω i2 6. Speed, distance [d], time, and energy (joules) are
3Ω scalar quantities.
When switch is shifted to position 2, capacitor begins
to discharge and energy stored in it is dissipated in 7. The slope of the velocity-time graph is
the form of heat across resistances. Let at some acceleration.
instant discharging current through the capacitor be i
as shown in Fig. 8. At zero (0) degrees two vectors have a resultant
According to Kirchhoff's laws, equal to their sum. At 180 degrees two vectors
i1 + i2 = i … (1) have a resultant equal to their difference. From
6i1 – 3i2 = 0 or i2 = 2i1 … (2) the difference to the sum is the total range of
From above two equations, possible resultants.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 18 JUNE 2011

 P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE

Electrostatics-2
KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY

Electric Potential Energy: charge q between two fixed points having potential
If a point charge q1 is present in an electric field difference V is equal to,
where potential is V, by definition WAB = – UAB = q(VB – VA)qV …(1)
V = (U/q1) And hence in moving a charged particle in an electric
i.e., U = q1V field work is always done unless the points are at
And if the field is produced by a point charge q2 same potential as shown in figure. [However, in
which is at a distance r12 from q1, magnetic field as force is always perpendicular to
 1 q2  1 q1q 2 motion, work done is always zero.]
U = q1   = …(1) A
 4 πε r
0 12  4 πε 0 r12 B
I
So in case of discrete distribution of charges I I
II II +Q
1  q1q 2 q 2 q 3  1 1 qiq j II
U= 

4πε 0  r12
+
r23
+ .......  =

∑
2 4πε 0 i ≠ j rij
A
+q
A
+Q
B
B
L L

Here it is worth noting (A) (B) (C)

(d) When a charged particle is accelerated by an electric
(a) Electrical potential energy is not localised but is field (uniform or non-uniform) by Work energy
distributed all over the field theorem, i.e., ∆KE = W, we have
1 1
(b) If the electric potential energy of a system in one mυ 2 – mu 2 = qV [as from Eq. (1) W = qV]
configuration is U1 and in the other UF, work done in 2 2
changing the configuration will be  2 2qV 
WIF = – UIF = – (U1 – UF) = UF – U1 or υ=
u + m  …(2)
 
And as potential energy at infinity is zero, work done
in assembling or disassembling a given charge And if the charged particle is initially at rest, i.e.,
distribution will be respectively, u=0
W = UF [as U1 = 0] and W = – U1 [as UF = 0] 2qV
υ= …(3)
(Assembling) (Disassembling) m
And if the field is uniform, i.e., E = (V/d)
Motion of a Charged Particle in an Electric Field 2qEd
In case of motion of a charged particle in an electric υ= …(4)
field : m
→ → →
(a) As by definition of electric intensity E , F = q E , a (e) In case of motion of a charged particle in a uniform
point charge always experiences a force either at rest electric field if force of gravity does not exist (or is
or in motion. balanced by some other force
(b) The direction of force is parallel to the field if the → →
→ F qE → →
charge is positive and opposite to the field if charge a = = = constant [as F = q E ] …(5)
is negative. m m
E E So equation of motion are valid. Now there are two
possibilities:
+ → → → →
–
F =qE F = –q E (i) If the particle is initially at rest
(A) (B) From Eq. υ = u + at, we get
qE  qE 
υ = at = t as u = 0 and a = …(6)
(c) Electric field is conservative in an electric field work m  m 
is path independent and work done in moving a point

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 19 JUNE 2011

 1 2 Definition: If two equal and opposite point
And from Eq. s = ut + at
2 charges are separated by a distance 2l such that
1 1 qE 2 the distance of field point r >>2l, the system is
s = at 2 = t …(7) called a dipole.
2 2 m
(a) Field of a Dipole
i.e., the motion is accelerated translatory with
Potential due to dipole at a point (r, θ) as shown
a ∝ t0 ; υ ∝ t and s ∝ t2 in Figure will be
Further more in this situation :
2
1 q q 
1 1  qE  V = V 1 + V2 =  – 
W = ∆KE = mυ2 = m  t  4πε 0  r1 r2 
2 2 m 
q  r1 – r2 
 qEt  =  
as fromEq.(6)υ = m  4πε 0  r1r2 
 
P
E
+ –
+ – r2
r r1
+ –
+ +q F –
+ – 2lcosθ
+ – θ
d –q +q
l l
PD=V
Which in the light of Eq. (7) with Now as , r >> 2l
2
s = d, gives r1 × r2 = r and r2 – r1 = 2l cosθ
W = qEd = qV [as E = V/d] …(8) 1 q (2l cos θ)
So, V=
4πε 0 r2
(ii) If the particle is projected perpendicular to the
field with an initial velocity υ0 1 P cos θ
V= . 2 [as p = q × 2l] ] …(1)
1 4πε 0 r
From Eq. υ = u + at and s = ut + at2 respectively
2 (b) Potential will be minimum when |cos θ| = min = 0,
for motion along x-axis as u = υ0 and a = 0, i.e., θ = 90º. So for broad on, equitorial or tan B
υx = υ0 = constt. and x = υ0t …(9) position, potential is minimum and is zero, i.e.,
While for motion along y-axis as u = 0 and Vmin = 0
a = (qE/m), This all is shown Figure
 qE  1  qE  Vmax = 1 P Vmax = 0
υy =   t and y =   t 2 …(10) 4πε0 r 2
m 2m P 1 P
Vmax = 1 2P Vmax =
4πε0 r 3
4πε 0 r 3
+ + + + + + + + r
θ –q +q –q +q
y Y
–q O P A O B
A B
V0 End-on, Axial or Broad on, Equitorial
tan A position or tan B position
(A) (B)
– – – – – – –
(c) Now as electric field,
L D → dV →
So eliminating t between equation for x and y, E =– n
we have dx
2 So component of electric intensity in the direction
qE  x  qE of r :
y=   = …(11)
2m  υ 0  2mυ02 d  1 p cos θ  1 2p cos θ
Er = –   = …(i)
i.e., the path is a parabola. dr  4πε 0 r 2  4πε 0 r3
[However, under same conditions in magnetic And perpendicular to r,
field path is a circle.]
Electric Dipole d  1 p cos θ  1 p sin θ
Eθ = –   =

rdθ  4πε 0 r 2  4πε 0 r 3


XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 20 JUNE 2011

 σ
dF σ 2 E out =
= ε0
…(ii) ds 2ε 0

E 1 + Ein = 0
So that, tanφ = θ = tan θ +
Er 2
Vs = vin = constt. ++ E0 = 0
+ +
1 P
and, E = E 2r + E θ2 = (1 + 3 cos 2 θ) ++
+ + +
4πε 0 r 3 +
σ2 σ1(>σ2)
…(2) (A) (B)
From this it is clear that :
(1) Intensity due to a dipole varies as (1/r3) and can
never be zero unless r → ∞ or p → 0. Solved Examples
(2) E will be maximum when cos2θ = max = 1, i.e.,
θ = 0º, i.e., for end on, axial or tan A position E 1. Three point charges q, 2q and 8q are to be placed on
is maximum and is, a 9 cm long straight line. Find the position where the
1 2p charges should be placed such that the potential
Emax = energy of this system is minimum. In this situation,
4πε 0 r 3
what is the electric field at the position of the charge
(3) E will be minimum when cos2 θ = min = 0, i.e., q due to the other two charges ?
θ = 90º, i.e., for broad on, equitorial or tan B Sol. As potential energy of two point charges separated by
position E is minimum and is, a distance r is given by U(=q1q2/4πε0r), so to have
1 p minimum potential energy the charges of greater
Emin = value should be farthest, i.e., q must be between 2q
4πε 0 r 3
and 8q. Let q be at a distance x from 2q, then
Conductor in Electrostatics potential energy of the system will be
The substances such as metals which allow the
1  2qq 8qq 8q × 2q 
charge to flow freely through them are called U=  + + 
conductors. In metals conduction envolves the 4πε 0  x (d – x ) d 
movement of free electrons. In case of conductors in For U to be minimum (dU/dx) = 0 ]
electrostatics, it is worth noting that : 2q 2 8q 2
(a) In charging a conductor electrons are removed, i.e., – 2 + =0
conductor becomes positively charged and its x (d – x ) 2
potential increases and if added, it becomes 2q q 8q
negatively charged and its potential decreases. x (d–x)
(b) When a conductor is charges by induction, d
induced charge (Which is free to move) is equal i.e., 2x = (d – x) or x = (d/3) = (9/3) = 3 cm
and opposite to the inducing charge, i.e.,q' = –q So to have minimum potential energy, the charge q
(c) Charge resides on the outer surface of a must be placed at a distance of 3 cm from 2q between
conductor. However, distribution of charge on 2q and 8q on the line joining the charges. In this
the surface is generally not uniform and surface situation, Field at q
density of charge varies inversly as the radius of
1  2q 8q 
curvature of that part of the conductor, i.e., E=  2 – =0 Ans.
σ ∝ (1/R) 4πε 0  (3) (6) 2 
(d) The dielectric constant of conductors in 2. Three point charges 1C, 2C and 3C are placed at the
electrostatics is infinite, i.e., K = ∞ corners of an equilateral triangle of side 1m.
(e) Electric intensity inside a conductor is zero Calculate the work required to move these charges to
while outside (near its surface) is (σ/ε0), i.e., the corners of a smaller equilateral triangle of side
Ein = 0 and Eout = (σ/ε0) 0.5 m as shown in Figure (A)
A 1
(f) Conductor is an equipotential surface, i.e.,
potential at its surface or inside everywhere is
same, i.e., for a conductor A
V = constt.
(g) Electric field and hence lines of force are
normal to the surface of a conductor. B C
3
(h) The field in a cavity inside a conductor is zero B C
(A)
resulting in 'electrostatic shielding.'

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 21 JUNE 2011

Sol. As potential energy of two charges separated by a Sol. Keeping in mind that here both electric and
distance r is given by U = [q1q2/4πε0r], the initial and gravitational potential energy are changing and for
final potential energy of the system will be external point a charged sphere behaves as whole of
1 1 × 2 2 × 3 3 × 1  its charge were concentrated at its applying
(US)I = + + conservation of energy between initial and final
4πε 0  1 1 1 
position, we have
= 9 × 109 × 11 = 9.9 × 1010 J
1 qq 1 q2
1 1 × 2 2 × 3 3 × 1  + mg × 9 = + mg × 1
(US)F = + + 4πε 0 9 4πε 0 1
4πε 0  0.5 0.5 0.5 
= 9 × 109 × 22 = 19.8 × 1010J 80 × 10 –3 × 9.8
or q2 =
So work done in changing the configuration of the 10 9
system: q = 28 µC Ans.
W = (US)F – (US)I = (19.8 – 9.9) × 1010
= 9.9 × 1010J Ans. 5. The distance between the two plates of a cathode-ray
oscillograph is 1 cm and potential difference between
3. A particle of mass 40 µg and carrying a charge them is 1200 volt. If an electron of energy 2000 eV
5 × 10–9 C is moving directly towards fixed positive enters at right-angles to the field, what will be its
point charge of magnitude 10–8 C. When it is at a deflection if the plates be 1.5 cm long ?
distance of 10 cm from the fixed point charge it has a Sol. As distance between the plates is 1 cm and potential
velocity of 50 cm/s. At what distance from the fixed difference 1200 V, the field between the plates
point charge will the particle come momentarily to V 1200 V
rest ? Is the acceleration constant during motion ? E= = –2
= 1.2 × 105 …(1)
Sol. If the particle comes to rest momentarily at a distance
d 1× 10 m
y
r from the fixed charge, then from 'conservation of
energy' we have + + + + + +
1 1 Qq 1 Qq y
+ =
2mu 2
4πε 0 a 4πε 0 r –e a
d
Substituting the given date, we get : V0 x
E
1 1 1 1 
× 40 × 10–6 × × = 9 × 109 × 10–8 × 5 × 10–9  – 10
2 2 2  r  – – – – – –

1 5 × 10 –6 190 L
or – 10 = –8
= So the electron will experience a force Fe = eE
r 9 × 5 × 10 9 opposite to the field as shown in Figure and hence
1 100 100 acceleration of electron along y-axis:
or = + 10 = m
r 9 9 F eE
a= =
i.e., r = 4.7 × 10–2 m m m
1 qQ F 1 = constt. ...(2)
As here, F= So acc. = ∝ 2
4πε 0 r 2 m r So from equation of motion,
i.e., acceleration is not constant during motion. 1
s = ut + at 2
2
4. A very small sphere of mass 80 g having a charge q Along x-axis, L = υ0t [as a = 0] …(3)
is held at a height 9 m vertically above the centre of a 1 2
fixed conducting sphere of radius 1m, carrying an and along y-axis, y = at [as u = 0] …(4)
2
equal charge q. When released it falls until it is Eliminating t, between Eqs. (3) and (4)
repelled just before it comes in contact with the 2
sphere. Calculate the charge q. [g = 9.8 m/s2] 1 L 1 eEL2  eE 
y= a  = as from Eq. (2) a = 
A +q
2 u0  2 mu 02  m
1 eE 2  1 2
or y =
4 K
L as K = 2 mυ 0 
9m  
Substituting the given data and value of E from
B + Eq. (1),
+ +
1m + +
+ + 1 (1.6 × 10 –19 )(1.2 × 10 5 ) × (1.5 × 10 –2 ) 2
+
y=
+
+ + 4 200 × 1.6 × 10 –19
+ + + = 3.375 mm Ans.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 22 JUNE 2011

 P HYSICS F UNDAMENTAL F OR IIT-J EE

Newton's Law of motion

KEY CONCEPTS & PROBLEM SOLVING STRATEGY

Newton's First Law (or Law of Inertia) : defined as the product of extremely large force with
A body continues to maintain its state of equilibrium the very small time value.
till disturbed by an unbalanced force i.e. it continues Impulse is a vector quantity having direction along
to maintain its state of rest or of uniform motion till the force.
an unbalanced external force disturbs it. This law is Equilibrium :
also called Galileo Law or Law of Inertia.
A body is said to be in the equilibrium state when
Newton's second Law :
(a) no net force acts on the body
The rate of change of momentum is equal to the force r r
applied on the body and this change takes place in the
r
∑ F = 0 (Condition for translational equilibrium)
dp
∑F ∑F ∑F
→
direction of force applied i.e. F = ⇒ x =0 y =0 z =0
dt
(b) no net torque acts on the body :
Newton's third law (Action-reaction law) : r r
To every action there is equal and opposite reaction ∑ p = 0 (condition for rotational equilibrium)
and both act on two different bodies. ⇒ ∑τ x =0 ∑τ y =0 ∑τ z =0
→ →
Mathematically F AB = F BA This statement is none other than law of conservation
or mAaA = mBaB (in magnitude) of moments according to which the above condition
can be restated as
i.e. for the same force acting on two bodies the
 total clockwise   total anticlockwise 
massive body has less acceleration than a light body.
Impulse :
∑ 
 momentus 
 = ∑
 momentus


If two bodies moving along a straight line collide, Important : For Rotational Equilibrium
then the collision is small and the force experienced  total clockwise   total anticlockwise 
during collision on any of the two bodies varies with ∑ 
 momentus 
 = ∑

 momentus


time and has a large value. In such cases the net
effect of force can be measured with the help of a Frames of Reference :
physical quantity called Impulse. The system/co-ordinate system/a platform w.r.t.
r r
→ dp r → which the position or the motion of a body is
since F = ⇒ dp = F dt = d I determined is called a frame of reference. The
dt
simplest frame of reference having all the properties
p2 t2 of a frame is the Cartesian co-ordinate
r r r
⇒ I= ∫ dp = ∫ F dt frame/system.
p1 t1 Frame of reference are of two types :
t2 S.N. Inertial frame Non-Inertial frame
r r
⇒ I= ∫
t1
F dt = p 2 – p1 1. Newton's laws are valid Newton's Laws are not
in the inertial frames. valid in the non-inertial
frame. They are to be
So, Impulse = total change in momentum
modified by introducing
Also called Impulse-Momentum theorem the concept of pseudo
Important : force.
Newton's second law is the real law of motion as the 2. All non-accelerated All accelerated frames
First law and Third law can be derived form it. frames (frames at rest are non-inertial frames.
The concept of impulse must be applied at those or frames moving with
places where an extremely large force acts on a body uniform velocity) are
for a very small time interval. Then, impulse is just inertial frames.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 23 JUNE 2011

 3. A particle moves with In this frame of include the magnitude of one of the forces, the
uniform velocity in the reference the particle components of a force, or the direction of a force.
absence of an external doesn't move with Step 2: Set up the problem using the following steps:
force. uniform velocity. Draw a very simple sketch of the physical
4. A frame of reference A rotating frame of situation, showing dimensions and angles. You
moving with constant reference is a non- don't have to be an artist!
velocity with respect to inertial frames and an For each body that is in equilibrium, draw a free-
an inertial frame is also example for this is the body diagram of this body. For the present, we
inertial. earth. consider the body as a particle, so a large dot will
do to represent it. In your free-body diagram, do
Concept of Pseudo force :
not include the other bodies that interact with it,
If a body of mass m is placed in a non-inertial frame such as surface it may be resting on, or a rope
r
having acceleration a 0 then it experiences a pseudo pulling on it.
r
force m a 0 acting in a direction opposite to the Now ask yourself what is interacting with the
r
direction of a 0 (the acceleration of non-inertial body by touching it or in any other way. On your
frame). So, free-body diagram, draw a force vector for each
r r interaction. If you know the angle at which a
Fpseudo = – m a 0 force is directed, draw the angle accurately and
where, negative sign indicates the pseudo force is label it. A surface in contact with the body exerts
always directed in a direction opposite to the a normal force perpendicular to the surface and
direction of the acceleration of the frame. possibly a friction force parallel to the surface.
While drawing free Body Diagrams (FBDs) in which Remember that a rope or chain can't push on a
pseudo force is involved, we must first see the body, but can only pull in a direction along its
acceleration of the non internal frame and then in the length. Be sure to include the body's weight,
FBD, plot the pseudo force with a value ma in a except in case where the body has negligible mass
direction opposite to the acceleration of non-inertial (and hence negligible weight). If the mass is
frame. given, use w = mg to find the weight. Label each
force with a symbol representing the magnitude
y of the force.
Do not show in the free-body diagram any forces
exerted by the body on any other body. The sums
r

a0
in Eq. ∑ F = 0 (particle in equilibrium, vector

Fpseudo = ma0
m x
"No negative sign has then to be applied to the value
of pseudo force as its direction in the indicated
correctly".
Problem Solving strategy
Newton's First Law : Equilibrium of a Particle
Step 1 : Identify the relevant concepts : You must
use Newton's first law for any problem that involves
forces acting on a body in equilibrium. Remember
that "equilibrium" means that the body either remains
at rest or moves with constant velocity. For example,
a car is in equilibrium when it's parked, but also when
it's driving down a straight road at a steady speed.
If the problem involves more than one body, and the
bodies interact with each other, you'll also need to
use Newton's third law. This law allows you to relate
the force that one body exerts on a second body to the
force that the second body exerts on the first one.
Be certain that you identify the target variable(s).
Common target variables in equilibrium problems
form) and ∑F x = 0; ∑F y = 0 (particle in
equilibrium, component form) include only forces
that act on the body. Make sure you can answer
the question "What other body causes that force?"
for each force. If you can't answer that question,
you may be imagining a force that isn't there.
Choose a set of coordinate axes and include them
in your free-body diagram. (If there is more than
one body in the problem, you'll need to choose
axes for each body separately.) Make sure you
label the positive direction for each axis. This will
be crucially important when you take components
of the force vectors as part of your solution. Often
you can simplify the problem by your choice of
coordinate axes. For example, when a body rests
or sides on a plane surface, it's usually simplest to
take the axes in the directions parallel and
perpendicular to this surface, even when the plane
is tilted.
Step 3 : Execute the solution as follows :
Find the components of each force along of the
body's coordinate axes. Draw a wiggly line
through each force vector that has been replaced

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 24 JUNE 2011

 by its components, so you don't count it twice.
Keep in mind that while the magnitude of a force
is always positive, the component of a force along
a particular direction may be positive or negative.
Set the algebraic sum of all x-components of
force equal to zero. In a separate equation, set the
algebraic sum of all y-components equal to zero.
(Never add x-and y-components in a single
equations.) You can then solve these equations
for up to two unknown quantities, which may be
force magnitudes, components, or angles.
If there are two or more bodies, repeat all of the
above steps for each body. If the bodies interact
with each other, use Newton's third law to relate
the forces they exert on each other.
Make sure that you have as many independent
equations as the number of unknown quantities.
Then solve these equations to obtain the target
variables. This part is algebra, not physics, but it's
an essential step.
Step 4 : Evaluate your answer : Look at your results
and ask whether they make sense. When the result is
a symbolic expression or formula, try to think of
special cases (particular values or extreme cases for
the various quantities) for which you can guess what
the results ought to be. Check to see that your
formula works in these particular cases.
Newton's Second Law : Dynamics of Particles
Step 1: Identify the relevant concepts : You have to
use Newton's second law for any problem that
involves forces acting on an accelerating body.
As with any problem, identify the target variable –
usually an acceleration or a force. If the target
variable is something else, you'll need to identify
another concept to use. For example, suppose the
problem asks you to find how fast a sled is moving
when it reaches the bottom of a hill. This means your
target variable is the sled's final velocity. To find this,
you'll first need to use Newton's second law to find
the sled's acceleration. Then you'll also have to use
the constant –acceleration relationships to find
velocity from acceleration.
Step 2: Set up the problem using the following steps:
Draw a simple sketch of the situation. Identify
one or more moving bodies to which you'll apply
Newton's second law.
For each body you identified, draw a free-body
diagram that shows all the forces acting on the
body. (Don't try to be fancy–just represent the
object by a point.) Be careful not to include any
forces exerted by the object on some other object.
Remember, the acceleration of a body is
determined by the forces that act on it, not by the
forces that it exerts on anything else. Make sure
you can answer the question "What other body is
applying this force ?" for each force in your
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
diagram. Furthermore, never include the quantity
r
ma in your free-body diagram; it's not a force!
Label each force with an algebraic symbol for the
force's magnitude, as well as a numerical value of
the magnitude if it's given in the problem.
(Remember that magnitudes are always positive.
Minus signs show up later when you take
components of the forces.) Usually, one of the
forces will be the body's weight; it's usually best
to label this as w = mg. If a numerical value of
mass is given, you can compute the
corresponding weight.
Choose your x-and y-coordinate axes for each
object, and show them explicitly in each
free body diagram. Be sure to indicate which is
the positive direction for each axis. If you know
the direction of the acceleration, it usually
simplifies things to take one positive axis along
that direction. Note that if your problem involves
more than one object and the objects accelerate in
different directions, you can use a different set of
axes for each object.
r r
In addition to Newton's second law, ∑ F = ma ,
identify any other equations you might need.
(You need one equation for each target variable.)
For example, you might need one or more of the
equations for motion with constant acceleration.
If more than one body is involved, there may be
relationships among their motions; for example,
they may be connected by a rope. Express any
such relationships as equations relating the
accelerations of the various bodies.
Step 3 : Execute the solution as follows :
For each object, determine the components of the
forces along each of the object's coordinate axes.
When you represent a force in terms of its
components, draw a wiggly line through the
original force vector to remind you not to include
it twice.
For each object, write a separate equation for each
component of Newton's second law, as in Eq.
ΣFx = max; ΣFy = may (Newton's second law,
component form)
Make a list of all the known and unknown
quantities. In your list, identify the target variable
or variables.
Check that you have as many equations as there
are unknowns. If you have too few equations, go
back to step 5 of "Set up the problem." If you
have too many equations, perhaps there is an
unknown quantity that you haven't identified as
such.
Do the easy part – the math! Solve the equations
to find the target variable(s).
25 JUNE 2011
 Step 4 : Evaluate your answer : Does your answer F
have the correct units ? (When appropriate, use the a= ...(1)
M + m1 + m 2
conversion 1N = 1kg . m/s2) Does it have the correct
algebraic sign ? (If the problem is about a sled sliding N1
downhill, you probably took the positive x-axis to T
m1a m1
point down the hill. If you then find that the sled has
a negative acceleration – that is, the acceleration is T
m1g
uphill – then something went wrong in your F
calculations.) When possible, consider particular M m2a m2 N2
values or extreme cases of quantities and compare the
results with your intuitive expectations. Ask, "Does m2g
this result make sense ?"
The forces acting on m1 and m2 are shown in fig. We
have
For m1 : T = m1a
Solved Examples For m2 : T = m2g
⇒ m1a = m2g
1. A balloon is descending with a constant acceleration m
or a= 2 g ...(2)
a. The mass of the balloon and its contents is M. m1
What mass m of its contents should be released so Eqs. (1) & (2) give
that the balloon starts ascending with the same
m
acceleration a ? Assume that the volume of the F = (M + m1 + m2) 2 g
balloon remains the same when the mass m is m1
released.
Sol. The forces acting on the balloon are its weight and 3. The total mass of an elevator with a 80 kg man in it is
the upthrust U due to air. Since the volume of the 1000 kg. This elevator moving upward with a speed
balloon remains the same the upthrust is the same in of 8 m/sec, is brought to rest over a distance of 16m.
both the cases. We have, According to Newton's Calculate (a) the tension T in the cables supporting
second law, the elevator and (b) the force exerted on the man by
Mg – U = Ma the elevator floor.
and U – (M – m)g = (M – m)a Sol. (a) The elevator having an initial upward speed of
Solving these, we get 8 m/sec is brought to rest within a distance of 16 m.
2a Hence,
m= M
a+g 0 = (8)2 + 2a(16) (Q v2 = u2 + 2as)
U U 8×8
a=– = – 2 m/sec2
2 × 16
Resultant upward force on elevator = T – mg.
According to Newton's law,
T – mg = ma
a a or T = mg + ma = m(g + a)
= 1000 (9.8 – 2) = 7800 N.
(b) Let P be the upward force exerted on the man by
the elevator floor. If m´ be the mass of the man, then
Weight of the man acting downward = m´g
Upward force on the man = P – m´g.
Mg (M – m)g
According to Newton's law,
(a) (b) P – m´g = m´a
or P = m´(a + g)
2. A frictionless cart of mass M carries two other or = 80 (– 2 + 9.8) = 624 N
frictionless carts having masses m1 and m2 connected
by a string passing over a pulley, as shown in the 4. What is the least horizontal force needed to pull a
figure. What horizontal force F must be applied on M cylinder of radius a and weight W over an obstacle of
so that m1 and m2 do not move relative to it ? height b ?
Sol. Since m1 and m2 are in accelerating frame, we can Sol. The situation is shown in fig. The different forces
assume that inertial force m1a and m2a act on them, acting on the cylinder are shown in fig. The weight
respectively, a being the acceleration of the system. W of the cylinder acts downwards. The applied force
Clearly, F is horizontal towards the left.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 26 JUNE 2011

 F O a F O
A (a – b)
b
b B
1. The storm cock or male mistlethrush sings as a
W thunderstorm approaches.
W (b)
(a)
2. A typical double mattress contains as many as
As the cylinder is pulled up and not rolled up, the
two million house dust mites.
algebraic sum of the moments about a point A, which
is in contact with the obstacle must be zero, hence
3. The average human will grow 590 miles
F × OB = W × AB
(949.5 km) of hair in their lifetime.
From fig. (b) , OB = (a – b) and
AB = [(OA) 2 − (OB) 2 ] = [a 2 − (a − b) 2 ] 4. About 51% of incoming solar radiation is
absorbed by the earth's surface and 14%
= (a 2 − a 2 + 2ab − b 2 ) = [b(2a − b)] absorbed by the atmosphere.
∴ F × (a – b) = W [b(2a − b)]
5. Only 2% of male red deer are seriously injured
W [b(2a − b)] in their antler-rattling contests.
or F=
(a − b )
6. The United States recycles 25 percent of its
5. Two particles of equals masses m and m are annual 180 million tons of household rubbish.
connected by a light string of length 2l as shown in
fig. A constant force F is applied continuously at the 7. The largest sapphire weighed 2,302 carats. It
mid-point of the string, always along the was found in Australia circa 1935, and was
perpendicular bisector of the straight line joining the carved into the shape of the head of President
two particles. Show that when the distance between Abraham Lincoln.
the two particles is x, the acceleration of the particle
F x 8. When the pharaohs' tombs were opened in
is a = . 2 Egypt early in the nineteenth century, not only
m (l − x 2 )1/ 2
human mummies were found but also those of
2l sacred animals such as cats and ibises

F 9. Flies are one of the major success's of the

m m insect world, and the 120 000+ species are
(a)
T cosθ divided into three sub-orders, the Nematocera,
T cosθ
A B the Brachycera, and the Cyclorrhapha, and
θ x θ these in turn are divided into about 100
2 2
l −x
T families.
T
l 10. The angle between Earth's equatorial and
F orbital planes varies by a few degrees every
(b) 40,000 years.
Sol. The force acting on A towards B is given by T cos θ.
From figure, 11. The San Francisco earthquake and fire of 18th
April 1906 caused the deaths of around 700
F = 2 T sin θ
people, obliterated 500 city blocks and caused
F $500 million of damage.
or T = ...(1)
2 sin θ
Now, acceleration of A towards B, 12. The slogan on New Hampshire licence plates
a1 = T cos θ/m ...(2) is 'Live Free or Die'. These licence plates are
and acceleration of B towards A, manufactured by prisoners in the state prison
a2 = T cos θ/m ...(3) in Concord.
Substituting the value of T, from eq. (1) in eqs. (2)
and (3), we get 13. Venus is the hottest planet with a temperature
F cos θ F cot θ of 480 °C.
a1 = a2 = =
2m sin θ 2m

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 27 JUNE 2011

 KEY CONCEPT
Organic
Chemistry
NOMENCLATURE &
Fundamentals
ISOMERISM
Alicyclic compounds :
In addition to the simple monocyclic compounds,
there are more complicated compounds with bridges
linked across the ring e.g.,
CH
CH–CH2
H2C CH2
CH2 CH2 CH2
H2C CH2 CH–CH
2
CH
bicyclo[2,2,1] heptatne bicyclo[3,1,0] hexane
According to the I.U.P.A.C system, cycloalkanes
consisting of two rings only and having two or more
atoms in common, take the prefix bicyclo followed
by the name of the alkane containing the same total
number of carbon atoms. The number of carbon
atoms in each of the three bridges connecting the two
tertiary carbon atoms is indicated in brackets in
descending order. Numbering begins with one of the
bridgeheads and proceeds by the longest possible
path to the second bridgehead; numbering is then
continued from this atom by the longer unnumbered
path back to the first bridgehead and is completed by
the shortest path e.g.,
CH3
7 2
1
CH2––C———CHC 2H5
8 3
CHCH3 CH2
6 5 4 produces a stereoisomer (a diastereomer). In general,
CHCl–CH——CH2
6-chloro-2-ethyl-1, 8-dimethylbicyclo[3,2,1]octane
N.B.A bridged system is considered to have a
number of rings equal to the number of scissions
required to convert the system into an acyclic
compound.
Enantiomers and chiral molecules :
Enantiomers occur only with compounds whose
molecules are chiral. A chiral molecule is defined as
one that is not superposable on its mirror image.
Alkene stereoisomers are not chiral, whereas the
trans-1, 2-dimethylcyclopentane isomers are chiral. A
chiral molecule and its mirror image are called a pair
of enantiomers. The relationship between them is
defined as enantiomeric. Molecules (and objects)
that are superposable on their image are achiral
(meaning not chiral). Most socks, for example, are
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
achiral, whereas shoes are chiral. Many familiar
objects are chiral, while other objects can be shown
to be chiral only by applying the universal test for
chirality–the nonsuperposability of the object and its
mirror image.
(hydrogen)
H
1 2 3 4
(methyl) CH3 – C – CH2CH3 (ethyl)
OH
(hydroxy)
An important property of enantiomers such as these
is that interchanging any two groups at the tetrahedral
atom that bears four different groups converts one
enantiomer into the other. In the figure, it is easy to
see that interchanging the OH group and H-atom
convert one enantiomer into the other.
Because interchanging two groups at C2 converts one
stereoisomer into another, C2 is an example of what
is called a stereogenic carbon. A stereogenic carbon
is defined as a carbon atom bearing groups of such
nature that an interchange of any two groups will
produce a stereoisomer. Carbon-2 of butanol is an
example of a tetrahedral stereogenic carbon. Not all
stereogenic cabons are tetrahedral, however. The
carbon atoms of cis- and trans-1, 2-dichloroethene
are examples of trigonal planar stereogenic carbons
because an interchange of groups at either atom also
any location where an interchange of groups leads to
a stereoisomer is called a stereogenic centre.
When we discuss interchanging groups like this, we
must take care to notice that what we are describing
is something we do to a molecular model or
something we do on paper. An interchange of groups
in a real molecule, if it can be done, requires breaking
covalent bonds, and this is something that requires a
large input of energy. This means that enantiomers
such as the 2-butanol enantiomers do not interconvert
spontaneously.
Tests for chirality : Plane of symmetry
The ultimate way to test for molecular chirality is to
construct models of the molecule and its mirror
image and then determine whether they are
superposable. If the two models are superposable, the
molecule that they represent is achiral. If the models
are not superposable, then the molecules that they
28 JUNE 2011
 represent are chiral. We can apply this test with quantities as well. A specific rotation might be given
actual models, as we have just described, or we can as follows :
apply it by drawing three-dimensional structures and [α]25
D = + 3.12º
attempting to superpose them in our minds.
There are other aids, however, that will assist us in a This means that the D line of a sodium lamp (λ =
recognizing chiral molecules. We have mentioned 589.6nm) was used for the light, that a temperature of
one already : the presence of a single tetrahedral 25ºC was maintained, and that a sample containing
stereogenic carbon. The other aids are based on the 1.00 g mL–1 of the optically active substance, in a
absence in the molecule of certain symmetry 1-dm tube, produced a rotation of 3.12º in a
elements. A molecule will not be chiral, for example, clockwise direction.The specific rotations of (R)-2-
if it possesses a plane of symmetry. butanol and (S)-2-butanol are given here :
A plane of symmetry (also called a mirror plane) is CH3 CH3
defined as an imaginary plane that bisects a molecule HO H H OH
in such a way that the two halves of the molecule are C C
mirror images of each other. The plane may pass CH2 CH2
through atoms, between atoms, or both. For example,
2-chloropropane has a plane of symmetry fig.(a), CH3 CH3
whereas 2-chlorobutane does not fig(b). All (R)-2-Butanol (S)-2-Butanol
molecules with a plane of symmetry are achiral.
[α]1025 = –13.52º [α]1025 = +13.52º
The direction of rotation of plane-polarized light is
Cl Cl often incorporated into the names of optically active
compounds. The following two sets of enantiomers
show how this is done :
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3
CH3 C2H5 HOCH2 H H CH2OH
C C
H H
C2H5 C2H5
(R)-(+)-2-Methyl-1-Butanol (S)-(–)-2-Methyl-1-Butanol
[α]1025 = +5.756º [α]1025 = –5.756º
(a) (b)
CH3 CH3
(a) 2-Chloropropane has plane of symmetry & achiral.
(b) 2-Chlorobutane does not possess a plane of ClCH2 H H CH2Cl
C C
symmetry and is chiral.
Specific Rotation : C2H5 C2H5
The number of degrees that the plane of polarization (R)-(–)-1-Chloro-2-methylbutane (S)-(+)-1-Chloro-2-methylbutane
is rotated as the light passes through a solution of an [α]1025 = –1.64º [α]1025 = +1.64º
enantiomer depends on the number of chiral The previous compounds also illustrate an important
molecules that it encounters. This, of course, depends principle : No obvious correlation exists between the
on the length of the tube and the concentration of the configurations of enantiomers and the direction [(+)
enantiomer. In order to place measured rotations on a or (–)] in which they rotate plane-polarized light.
standard basis, chemists calculate a quantity called
(R)-(+)-2-Methyl-1-butanol and (R)-(–)-2-Methyl-1-
the specific rotation, [α], by the following equation:
butanol chloro-2-methyl butane have the same
α configuration; that is, they have the same general
[α] =
c.l arrangement of their atoms in space. They have,
where [α] = the specific rotation however, an opposite effect on the direction of
rotation of the plane of plane-polarized light :
α = the observed rotation
c = the concentration of the solution in grams CH3 CH3
per milliliter of solution (or density in g HOCH2 H ClCH2 H
mL–1 for neat liquids) C C
l = the length of the tube in decimeters C2H5 C2H5
(1 dm = 10 cm)
(R)-(+)-2-Methyl-1-butanol (R)-(–)-1-Chloro-2-methylbutane
The specific rotation also depends on the temperature
and the wavelength of light that is employed. Specific These same compounds also illustrate a second
rotations are reported so as to incorporate these important principle: No necessary correlation exist

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 29 JUNE 2011

 between the (R) and (S) designation and the direction % Enantiomeric excess
of rotation of plane-polarized light. (R)-2-Methyl-1- observed specific rotation
butanol is dextrorotatory (+), and (R)-1-chloro-2- = ×100
specific rotation of the pure enantiomer
methyl butane is levorotatory (–)
Meso Compounds :
Racemic Forms
A structure with two stereogenic carbons does not
A sample that consists exclusively or predominantly always have four possible stereoisomers. Sometimes
of one enantiomer causes a net rotation of plane – there are only three. This happens because some
polarized light. A plane of polarized light as it molecules are achiral even though they contain
encounters a molecule of (R)-2-butanol, causing the stereogenic carbons.
plane of polarization to rotate slightly in one To understand this, let us write stereochemical
direction. (for the remaining purposes of our formulas for 2,3-dibromobutane shown here:
discussion we shall limit our description of polarized CH3
light to the resultant plane, neglecting consideration
of the circularly polarized components from which * CHBr
plane-polarized light arises.) Each additional * CHBr
molecule of (R)-2-butanol that the beam encounters
would cause further rotation in the same direction. If, CH3
2,3-Dibromobutane
on the other hand, the mixture contained molecules of
(S)-2-butanol, each molecule of this enantiomer We begin in the same way as we did before. We
would cause the plane of polarization to rotate in the write the formula for one stereoisomer and for its
opposite direction. If the (R) and (S) enantiomers mirror image:
were present in equal amounts, there would be no net CH3 CH3
rotation of the plane of polarized light. Br H H Br
An equimolar mixtrure of two enantiomers such as C C
the example above is called a racemic mixture (or
racemate or racemic form). A racemic mixture causes C C
H Br Br H
no net rotation of plane-polarized light. In a racemic
mixture the effect of each molecule of one CH3 CH3
enantiomer on the in circularly polarized beam (A) (B)
cancels the effect of molecules of the other Structures A and B are nonsuperposable and
enantiomers, resulting in no net optical activity. represent a pair of enantiomers.
The racemic form of a sample is often designated as When we write structure C and its mirror image D,
being (±).A racemic mixture of (R)-(–)-2-butanol and however, the situation is different. The two structures
(S)-(+)-2-butanol might be indicated as are superposable. This means that C and D do not
(±)-2-butanol or as (±)- CH3CH2CHOHCH3 represent a pair of enantiomers. Formulas C and D
represent two different orientations of the same
Racemic forms and enantiomeric excess : compounds :
A sample of an optically active substance that CH3 CH3
consists of a single enantiomer is said to be H Br Br H This structure
enantiomerically pure or to have an enantiomeric C C when turned by
excess of 100%. An enantiomerically pure sample of 180º in the plane
(S)-(+)-2-butanol shows a specific rotation of +13.52º C C of the page can
H Br Br H be superposed
( [α]25
D = + 13.52º). On the other hand, a sample of CH3 CH3
on C.

(S)-(+)-2-butanol that contains less than an equimolar (C) (D)

amount of (R)-(–)-2-butanol that contains less than an The molecule represented by structure C (or D) is not
equimolar amount of (R)-(–)-2-butanol will show a chiral even though it contains tetrahedral atoms with
specific rotation that is less than + 13.52º but greater four different attached groups. Such molecules are
than 0º. Such a sample is said to have an called meso compounds. Meso compounds, because
enantiomeric excess less than 100%. The they are achiral, are optically inactive.
enantiomeric excess (ee) is defined as follows :
% Enantiomeric excess
moles of one enantiomer - moles of other enantiomer
= ×100
total moles of both enantiomers
The enantiomeric excess can be calculated from
optical rotations :

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 30 JUNE 2011

 KEY CONCEPT
Physical ELECTRO
Chemistry
Fundamentals CHEMISTRY
Equivalent and Molar conductivities :
Since the charges of solute ions are critical in
determining the conductance of a solution, the
comparison of conductance data is made between
values for solutions corresponding to a total of unit
charge on each ion of the solute. It is because of this
that the equivalent conductivity of the solution is
employed for comparison purpose.
Suppose 1 equivalent mass of an electrolyte is
dissolved in volume V of the solution. Let this whole
solution be placed in a conductivity cell. Multiplying
and dividing the right side of Eq. (i) by the distance l
between the two electrodes of the cell, we get eq. (ii)
l l 1 A×l κV
κ=  G=   ; ...(i) G = κ 2 = 2
A A R l l
or Gl2 = κV ...(ii)
Note : Both V and l2 in Eq. (ii) carry the units of m3
eq–1 and m2 eq–1, respectively.
The term Gl2 is known as equivalent conductivity,
abbreviated as Λeq. Thus, we have , Λeq = Gl2 = κV
The equivalent conductivity of an electrolyte may be
defined as the conductance of a volume of solution
containing one equivalent mass of a dissolved
substance when placed between two parallel
electrodes which are at a unit distance apart, and
large enough to contain between them the whole
solution. The equivalent conductivity thus gives the
conducting power of the ions produced by 1
equivalent mass (i.e., mass corresponding to a total of
unit charge on each ion) of an electrolyte at any
particular concentration.
The unit of Λeq in CGS units are :
Λeq = (Ω–1 cm–1) (cm3 eq–1) = Ω–1 cm2 eq–1 ≡ S cm2 eq–1
If c is the concentration of the solution (in equivalent
per unit volume), then V (which carry a unit of m3
eq–1) will be equal to 1/c. Hence, Eq. (ii) may be
written as
Λeq = κ(1/c) i.e. Λeq = κ/c ...(iii)
In SI units, c is expressed as the amount per unit
volume instead of equivalent per unit volume, and
thus one uses the term molar conductivity as defined
below. The molar conductivity, Λm, of an electrolyte
may be defined as the conductance of a volume of
solution containing one mole of a dissolved substance
when placed between two parallel electrodes which
are at a unit distance apart, and large enough to
contain between them the whole solution. Thus, it
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
gives the conducting power of the ions produced by 1
mole of an electrolyte at any particular concentration.
This can be calculated using the expressions
analogous to eqs (ii) and (iii).
Λm = κV = κ(1/c) i.e. Λm = κ/c
where V is the volume of the solution containing one
mole of the substance and c is the resultant molar
concentration. Note V carries the unit of m3 mol–1
The unit of Λm will be
Λm = (Ω–1m–1)(m3 mol–1) = Ω–1 m2 mol–1 ≡ Sm2 mol–1
Variation of conductivity and molar conductivity with
concentration :
Both the conductivity and molar conductivity of a
solution vary with concentration. The conductivity
increases with increase in concentration whereas the
molar conductivity increases on dilution (i.e.
decrease in concentration). For strong electrolytes,
conductivity increases sharply with increase in
concentration while for weak electrolytes it starts at
lower value in dilute solutions and increases much
more gradually. In both the cases, this increase is due
to the increase in the number of ions per unit volume
of the solution. For strong electrolytes, the number of
ions per unit volume increases in proportion to the
concentration and that is why the increase in
conductivity is very rapid. In weak electrolytes,
however, the increase in the number of ions is
basically due to the change in the partial ionization of
the solute, and consequently, the conductivity
increases very gradually.
As stated above, molar conductivity Λm of both
strong and weak electrolytes increases on dilution.
The basic reason for this is that the decreases in
conductivity is more than compensated by increase in
the value of 1/c on dilution.
The variation of molar conductivity on dilution for
strong and weak electrolytes shows altogether
different behavior as can be seen from figure where
Λm has been plotted against c . For strong
electrolytes, the variation is almost linear in dilute
solutions while that for weak electrolytes, the
variation is very rapid. As the molar conductivity is a
measure of the conducting power of all the ions that
are available in 1 mole of the substance, it is,
therefore, obvious that the number of ions that are
available for conductance increases on dilution. For
weak electrolytes, the increase in the number of ions
has been explained on the basis of Arrhenius theory
31 JUNE 2011
 of electrolytic dissociation whereas that for strong
electrolytes has been explained on the basis of
Debye-Huckel-Onsager theory. In brief, the increase
in the number of ions in case of weak electrolytes is
due to the increase in the degree of ionization of the
electrolyte on dilution, whereas in the case of strong
electrolytes, this increase is due to the weakening of
the ion-ion interactions on dilution. A brief account
of the above two theories is given in the following.
and contributes to the total molar conductivity of an
electrolyte a definite share which depends only on its
own nature and not at all on the ion with which it is
associated. Thus, Λ∞m of the electrolyte must be
equal to the sum of the molar conductivities of the
ions composing it. Thus
Λ∞m (AB) = λ∞(A+) + λ∞(B–) ...(ii)
Abnormally high conductivities of H and OH–-
+

The molar conductivities of the hydrogen ion and the

(i hydroxyl ion are much larger than those of other ions.
This was first explained by von Grotthus and hence is
known as Grotthus conductance. It is explained on
the basis of a proton jump from one water molecule
Λ

to another. The process of proton transfer results in a

(ii more rapid transfer of positive charge from one
region of the solution to another, than would be
√
possible if the ion H3O+ has to push its way through
Variation of molar conductivity on dilution (i) for
the solution as other ions do. The mechanisms of
strong electrolyte and (ii) weak electrolyte
conduction of H+ ion and OH– ion are shown below.
Kohlrausch's law of independent migration of ions:
– H H H H H +
For a strong electrolyte, the value of Λm in a very
dilute solution, is very close to the limiting value of H–O H–O H–O H–O H–O–H
+
the conductivity Λ∞m at infinite dilution (or at zero H H H H H

concentration obtained by extrapolation). On the H–O H–O H–O H–O–H O–H

+
other hand, the corresponding value for a weak H H H H H
electrolyte is very far away from the limiting value at H – O H – O H – O+– H O – H O – H
zero concentration. For example, at 25 ºC for 0.001 H H
H H H
M sodium chloride solution Λm is 123.7 ohm–1 cm2
H–O H–O–H O–H O–H O–H
mol–1 as against Λ∞m of 126.5 ohm–1 cm2 mol–1. At +
H H H H H
the same concentration and temperature, the value for
acetic acid is 49.2 ohm–1 cm2 mol–1 as compared to H–O–H O–H O–H O–H O–H
+
H H H H
390.7 ohm–1 cm2 mol–1 for the value of Λ∞m . H
O–H O–H O–H O–H O–H
Kohlrausch was the first to point out that when Λm
for a uni-univalent strong electrolyte is plotted – H H H H H +
against c , the curve approaches linearity in dilute O H–O H–O H–O H–O
–
solutions, i.e. Λm = Λ∞m –b c ...(i) H H H H H

where b is constant. The value of Λ∞m

can, thus, be O–H O
–
H–O H–O H–O
obtained by extrapolating the above curve to a value H H H H H
of c = 0. O–H O–H O H–O H–O
–
Statement of Kohlrausch's Law : The extrapolation H H
H H H
method cannot be employed for a weak electrolyte as
O–H O–H O–H O H–O
Λm versus c curve does not approach linearity in –

solutions as dilute as 0.0001 M. In fact, the variation H H H H H

of Λm with dilution is very rapid. However, the value
of Λ∞m for a weak electrolyte can be determined by
the application of Kohlrausch´s law of independent
migration of ions. This law states that at infinite
dilution, where dissociation for all electrolytes is
complete (including weak electrolytes since α → 1 as
c → 0; Ostwald dilution law) and where all interionic
effects disappear (because of larger distance between
ions), each ion migrates independently of its co-ion
O – H O – H O – H O – H O–
This type of mechanism also prevails in any other
solvent. Thus, in a given solvent (for example, liquor
ammonia) the molar conductivities of its
characteristic cation and anion (namely, NH4+ and
NH2–) will have unusually high values than any other
cations and anions.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 32 JUNE 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 33 JUNE 2011
 UNDERSTANDING
Inorganic Chemistry
1. The action of concentrated sulphuric acid on urea (b) H3PO4 + Ca(OH)2 → CaHPO4 + 2H2O
(NH2CONH2) results in the production of a white 1 mol of H3PO4 ≡ 2H+ neutralised by 1 mol of
crystalline solid X of formula H3NO3S. This is a Ca(OH)2
monobasic acid. On treatment with sodium nitrate
Ca(OH)2 required = 1 mol
and dilute hydrochloride acid at 0ºC it liberates 1 mol
of N2 per mol of X, and on addition of aqueous (c) 2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 → CaCl2 + 2NH3 + 2H2O
barium chloride the resulting solution yields 1 mol of 2 mol NH4Cl ≡ 1 mol Ca(OH)2
BaSO4 per mol of X taken. Deduce the structure of X. 1 mol NH4Cl ≡ 0.5 mol Ca(OH)2
Sol. NH2CONH2 (Urea) reacts with conc H2SO4 forming (d) 2NaHCO3 + Ca(OH)2 → Na2CO3 + CaCO3 +
X(H3NO3S). X contains one ionisation H (since, X is 2H2O
a monobasic acid). Thus, 2 mol NaHCO3 ≡ 1 mol Ca(OH)2
O O 1 mol NaHCO3 ≡ 0.5 mol Ca(OH)2
NH2 – C – NH2 + H – O – S – O – H 3. A compound Co(en)2 (NO2)2Cl has been prepared in
Urea Sulphuric acid a number of isomeric forms. One form undergoes no
NH 2 − SO 3 H + NH3 + CO reaction with AgNO3 or (en) and is optically inactive.
X A second form reacts with AgNO3 but not with (en)
and is optically inactive. A third form is optically
X contains free –NH2 as well as free –SO3H.
active and reacts with both AgNO3 and (en). Identify
(NaNO2 + HCl) converts free –NH2 into free –OH each of these isomeric forms. Name and sketch each
group liberating N2. of the structures.
NaNO2 + HCl → HNO2 + NaCl Sol. Based on reactions with AgNO3 and (en), and optical
NH2–SO3H + HNO2 → N2 ↑ + H2O + H2SO4 activity, isomers can be identified.
1 mol X 1 mol X 1 mol First form : There is no reaction with AgNO3, hence
H2SO4 + BaCl2 → BaSO4 + 2HCl no Cl– ions outside coordination sphere. Also there is
1 mol 1 mol no reaction with bidentate (en), hence these ligands
are trans to each other. Optical inactivity is also due
Thus X is NH2 – SO3H (amino sulphonic acid), 1 mol
to trans structure. Thus, it may have structure :
of which liberated 1 mol of N2 on reaction with
(NaNO2 + HCl) at 0ºC and in turn resulting solution Cl +
gives 1 mol of BaSO4 on reaction with BaCl2
en Co en NO2–
2. Calculate mol of Ca(OH)2 required to carry out
following conversion taking one mol in each case :
COOH COO NO2
(a) into Ca
COOH COO trans-chloronitrobis (ethylenediamine) cobalt (III)
(b) H3PO4 into CaHPO4 nitrite.
Secon form : In this Cl– is outside coordination
(c) NH4Cl into NH3 sphere since it reacts with AgNO3. As in the first
(d) NaHCO3 into CaCO3 form NO2– ligands are trans to each other being
COOH optically inactive. This is represented as,
Sol. (a) is a dibasic acid NO2 +
COOH
COOH COO
+ Ca(OH)2 Ca en
COOH COO Co en Cl–
1 mo l 1 mo l
Ca(OH)2 required = 1 mol NO2
trans-bis (ethylenediamine) dinitrocobalt (III) chloride

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 34 JUNE 2011

 Third form : In this case also, Cl– is outside (v) BiCl3 + 2NaOH +Na2[SnO2] →
coordination sphere. Also it shows reaction with (en) (A)
hence monodentate ligands are cis to each other. Bi + NaSnO3 + H2O + 3NaCl
Being optically active, mirror image should not (G) Black ppt.
superimpose. Thus, it can have structure : 2Bi + 6HCl → ∆
2BiCl3 + 3H2
en +
(G) (A)
NO2 Hence,
Co Cl– (A) is BiCl3,
NO2 (B) is Bi2S3,
en (C) is H2S,
(D) is Bi(NO3)2,
cis-bis (ethylenediamine) dinitrocobalt (III) chloride (E) is Bi(OH)3, (F) is BiOCl and (G) is Bi
4. An inorganic halide (A) gives the following
reactions. 5. Compound (X) on reduction with LiAlH4 gives a
(i) The cation of (A) on raction with H2S in HCl hydride (Y) containing 21.72% hydrogen along with
medium, gives a black ppt. of (B). (A) neither other products. The compound (Y) reacts with air
gives ppt. with HCl nor blue colour with explosively resulting in boron trioxide. Identify (X)
K4Fe(CN)6. and (Y). Give balanced reactions involved in the
(ii) (B) on heating with dil.HCl gives back formation of (Y) and its reaction with air. Draw the
compound(A) and a gas (C) which gives a black structure of (Y).
ppt. with lead acetate solution. Sol. Since B2O3 is formed by reaction of (Y) with air, (Y)
(iii) The anion of (A) gives chromyl chloride test. therefore should be B2H6 in which % of hydrogen is
(iv) (B) dissolves in hot dil. HNO3 to give a solution, 21.72. The compound (X) on reduction with LiAlH4
(D). (D) gives ring test. gives B2H6. Thus it is boron trihalide. The reactions
(v) When NH4OH solution is added to (D), a white are shown as:
precipitate (E) is formed. (E) dissolves in 4BX 3 + 3LiAlH4 → 2B 2 H 6 + 3LiX + 3AlX3
minimum amount of dil. HCl to give a solution of (X) (Y)
(A). Aqueous solution of (A) on addition of water (X = Cl or Br)
gives a whitish turbidity (F). B 2 H 6 + 3O2 → B2O3 + 3H2O + heat
(vi) Aqueous solution of (A) on warming with (Y)
alkaline sodium stannite gives a black precipitate Structure of B2H6 is as follows:
of a metal (G) and sodium stannate. The metal Hb
(G) dissolves in hydrochloride acid to give
solution of (A). Ht Ht
Identify (A) to (G) and give balanced chemical
equations of reactions. B B
Sol. Observation of (i) indicates that cation (A) is Bi3+ Ht Ht
because it does not give ppt. with HCl nor blue
colour with K4Fe(CN)6, hence it is neither Pb2+ nor Hb
Cu2+. Since anion of (A) gives chromyl chloride test, or
hence it contains Cl– ions. Thus, (A) is BiCl3. Its Ht Hb Ht
different reactions are given below : 97º
(i) 2BiCl3 + 3H2S → Bi2S3 + 6HCl B B 121.5º
(A) (B) 1.33Å
(ii) Bi2S3 + 6HCl → 3H2S + 2 BiCl3 Ht 1.19Å Hb Ht
(B) (C) (A) 1.77Å
∆
(iii) Bi2S3 + 8HNO3 → 2Bi(NO3)3 + 2NO Thus, the diborane molecule has four two-centre-two
(B) (D) + 3S + 4H2O electron bonds (2c-2e– bonds) also called usual bonds
(iv) Bi(N O3)3 + 3NH4OH → and two three-centre-two-electron bonds (3c-2e–
(D) Bi(OH)3 ↓ + 3NH4NO3 bonds) also called banana bonds. Hydrogen attached
(E) White ppt. to usual and banana bonds are called Ht (terminal H)
∆ and Hb (bridged H) respectively.
Bi(OH)3 + 3HCl → BiCl3 + 3H2O
Dil. (A)
BiCl3 + H2O → BiOCl + 2HCl
(A) (F)
Bismuth oxychloride
(White turbidity)

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 35 JUNE 2011

 Set

`tà{xÅtà|vtÄ V{tÄÄxÇzxá 2
This section is designed to give IIT JEE aspirants a thorough grinding & exposure to variety
of possible twists and turns of problems in mathematics that would be very helpful in facing
IIT JEE. Each and every problem is well thought of in order to strengthen the concepts and
we hope that this section would prove a rich resource for practicing challenging problems and
enhancing the preparation level of IIT JEE aspirants.
By : Shailendra Maheshwari
So lu t ion s wi l l b e p ub lished in nex t issue Joint Director Academics, Career Point, Kota

1. Six different boxes are placed in a row. A ball is to be 7. A circle S1 of area 36π cm2 touches the coordinate
put in each box. If unlimited balls of red, blue, green axes. Another circle S2 smaller than S1 also touches
and white colour are available, then find the number the coordinate axes as well as S1 also, then the radius
of ways in which all the boxes can be filled so that no of S2 is –
two adjacent boxes have balls of the same colour in (A) 2cm (B) 2 cm
them.
(C) 12 – 6 2 cm (D) 18 – 12 2 cm
2. If the non singular matrix A is symmetric, then 8. Find the sum of all the natural number 1 to 120 which
justify that A–1 is also symmetric. are divisible neither by 2 nor 7.
(A) 3042 (B) 3084
3. If θ1, θ2, θ3 and θ4 are eccentric angles of four (C) 2529 (D) 3033
x2 y2
conormal points on the hyperbola = 1, the – Passage :
a2 b2
normals at which are concurrent, then prove that Given below are the definitions of functions
Σcos(θ1 + θ2) = 0. F(x), f (x), g(x) and h(x)
F(x) = x3 ; 0 ≤ x ≤ 1
4. Show that the origin lies in the acute angle between = –x3 ; – 1 ≤ x < 0
the planes x + 2y + 2z = 9 and 4x – 3y + 12z + 13 = 0. = 1 ; otherwise
f (x) = F(–x); x ∈ R
5. Let f (x) be a differentiable function on the interval
g(x) = –F(x); x ∈ R
a ≤ x ≤ b, with a > 0 and suppose that f (x) has a
h(x) = – F(–x) ; x ∈ R
differentiable inverse, f –1(x). Evaluate :
Answer the following questions based on these
b
∫ a
x( f (b) − f ( x)) dx information’s.
f (b )
∫
−1
(( f ( y )) 2 − a 2 ) dy 9. How many of the following expressions are
f (a)
necessarily zero for every real value of x :
f (x) + h(x); g(x) – h(x); F(x) + f (x);
1 1 f (x) – g(x) ?
6. If x + = 5 + 2 and y + = 2, then
x y (A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
1 1
x16 + + y20 + is
x16 y 20 10. Which of the following relations is necessarily true ?
(A) 49 (B) 51 (A) h(x) = f (–x); x ∈ R
(B) F(x) = –f (–x); x ∈ R
(C) 2209 (D) 102
(C) g(x) + f (–x) = 0, x ∈ R
(D) h(x) – F(–x) = 0; x ∈ R

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 36 JUNE 2011

 MATHEMATICAL CHALLENGES
SOLUTION FOR MAY ISSUE (SET # 1)

1. [A] Let Y draws any card, the probability that X x12

draws the same card = 1/n First point lies on y =
20
2. [B] Let ‘X’ draws a card marked with r, then y can 2nd point lies on y2 + x2 – 30x + 221 = 0
draw any card marked 1, 2, 3, .... r –1. Hence the centre (15, 0), r= 225 − 221 = 2
n 2
1 (r − 1) n −1 x
required probability = ∑n
r =1
n
=
2n
y=
20
⇒ x2 = 20 y
normal is
3. [B] Let ‘Y’ draws rth card, then ‘X’ draws any card x = my – 10m – 5m3
marked 1, 2, 3 ...... (r – 1), it passes through (15, 0)
n 15 + 10m + 5m3 = 0
1 r −1 n −1
Hence required probability = ∑ n 
r =1
 =
n  2n
m3 + 2m + 3 = 0
(m + 1) (m2 – m + 3) = 0
⇒ m = –1
1 so point on parabola (–2am, am2) = (+10, 5)
4. Im, n = ∫0
xm(1 – x)n dx, let x = sin2θ Required minimum distance is
1 d= (15 − 10) 2 + (5) 2
=2 ∫ 0
sin2m + 1 θ . cos2n + 1 θ dθ
= 25 + 25 = 5 2 – 2
m +1 n +1 so dmin2 = ( 5 2 – 2)2
=
m+n+2
= 50 + 4 – 20 2 = 54 – 20 2
26 . 51
I 25, 50 77 25 50 . 74 25 × 50  π π
= = = 6. as | f (x) | ≤ | tan x | for ∀ x ∈  − , 
I 24, 49 25 50 76 24 49 76 × 75  2 2
so f (0) = 0
75
so | f (x) – f (0) | ≤ | tan x |
I 26 , 51 divide both sides by | x |
228 = 50
I 25, 50 f ( x ) − f ( 0) tan x
≤
x x
2
 x2  f ( x ) − f ( 0) tan x
5. d = (x1 – x2) +  1 − (17 − x 2 ) ( x 2 − 13) 
2 2
Lt ≤ Lt
 20  x→0 x x→0 x
 
 | f ′(0) | ≤ 1.
x2 
it is the sq. of distance b/w two points  x1 , 1  & 1 1 1
 20  a1 + a 2 + a3 + .... + a n ≤ 1
 2 3 n
(x , 2 (17 − x 2 )( x 2 − 13) ) n
ai
∑i
i =1
≤1

4ac 4ac
7. b 2 − 4ac ≤ |b| 1 − ≤ |b| 1 +
(15, 0) b 2
b2
 2ac 
≤ |b| 1 + 2 
 b 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 37 JUNE 2011

 2ac so a .d + c .b = 0 ...(2)
so b 2 − 4ac ≤ |b| +
b Now, AC . BD = (c − a ) . (d − b )
2
b b − 4ac b b c = c .d – c .b – a .d + a .b
so that − ± ≤ + +
2a 2a 2a 2a b using (1) & (2) in it
AC . BD = 0
b c
= + so AC ⊥ BD
a b
Hence the solutions of az2 + bz + c = 0 satisfy the x2 y2
condition 10. Let + = 1 be the ellipse and
a2 b2
b c y = m1(x – ae) and y = m2(x – ae) are two chords
|z| ≤ + +
a b through its focus (ae, 0). Any conic through the
extrimities of these chords can be defined as
8. f (x) = (x – 1)3 g(x) + 1 {y – m1(x – ae)} {y – m2(x – ae)}
⇒ f ′(x) is divisible by (x – 1)2  x2 y2 
& f (x) = (x + 1)3 g(x) – 1 + λ  2 + 2 − 1 = 0 ...(1)
a b 
⇒ f ′(x) is divisible by (x + 1)2
If it passes through origin, then
so f ′(x) = a(x2 – 1)2 = a(x4 – 2x2 + 1)
m1m2a2e2 – λ = 0 ...(2)
ax 5 2x3 solving (1) with x axis
Now, f (x) = – a + ax + c
5 3  x2 
a 2a m1m2 (x – ae)2 + λ  2 − 1 = 0
f (+1) = – +a+c=1 a 
5 3
using (2) in it
⇒ 8a + 15 c = 15 ...(1) (x – ae)2 + e2 (x2 – a2) = 0
a 2a (1 + e2)x2 – 2aex = 0
& f (–1) = – + – a + c = –1
5 3 2ae
x=0 & x=
⇒ –8a + 15 c = –15 ...(2) 1 + e2
15 so other point on x-axis through which this conic
so c = 0, so a =
8  2ae 
passes is  , 0  which is a fixed point.
1  1 + e2 
so f (x) = (3x5 – 10x3 + 15x)
8 Hence proved.
9. Let the centre be O and P.V. of the pt. are
respectively a , b , c , d
D C • The Atomic clock sends out a signal to a time
code generator which produces the time code. This
O is then amplified and sent to an antenna using a
transmission line. The antenna then radiates the
A B time signal through a network of wires connected
to several antenna towers where it is sent out.
so | a | = | b | = | c | = | d | = R. • By the time the average bucket of sand had been
given AB2 + CD2 = 4R2 processed and the silicon in it converted into
| b − a | 2 + | d − c | 2 = 4R2 silicon chips fit for personal computers, an average
garden bucket of sand would be worth more than
| b | 2 + | a | 2 – 2a .b + | d | 2 + | c | 2 – 2c .d = 4R2 £4 million. Unfortunately it is not the cost of the
4R2 – 2a .b – 2c .d = 4R2 raw materials, but the laborious process involved
to convert it that costs the money.
so a .b + c .d = 0 ...(1)
• On January 7th 1949 the announcement of the
cos (∠AOB) + cos (∠COD) = 0 first photograph of genes was given at the
cos ∠AOB = cos (π – ∠COD) University of Southern California by Dr. Daniel
so (∠AOB) + ∠COD = π Chapin Pease and Dr. Richard Freligh Baker.
so ∠AOD + ∠BOC = π • Appliances like VCRs and microwaves draw 5
⇒ cos(∠AOD) + cos(∠BOC) = 0 Watts of power or less when they aren’t on to
power their built-in clock.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 38 JUNE 2011

 Students' Forum
Expert’s Solution for Question asked by IIT-JEE Aspirants
MATHS
1. Let there be a quotient of two natural numbers in p–3 1 p–3 1
which the denominator is one less than the square of (3) ⇒ 0 < 2
< or 0< 2
<
p –1– 3 10 p –4 10
the numerator. If we add 2 to both numerator and
1 p–3 1– 3 –2 2  1
denominator, the quotient will exceed . If we When p = 1, 2
= = = ∉  0,  .
3 p –4 1– 4 –3 3  10 
subtract 3 from the numerator as well as the
p–3 2–3  1
1 When p = 2, = ∉  0,  .
denominator, the quotient will lie between 0 and . 2
p –4 4–4  10 
10
Determine the quotient. p–3 3–3  1
When p = 3, 2
= = 0 ∉  0,  .
p p –4 9–4  10 
Sol. Let the quotient be where p ∈ N, q ∈ N.
q
p–3 4–3 1  1
According to the question, When p = 4, 2
= = ∈  0,  .
p –4 16 – 4 12  10 
q = p2 – 1 ...(i)
p p 4 4
p+2 1 ∴ the quotient = = 2 = 2 = .
> ...(ii) q p –1 4 –1 15
q+2 3
p–3 1 2. A variable circle passes through the point of
0< < ...(iii) intersection O of two given straight lines and cuts
q –3 10
off from them portions OP and OQ such that
p+2 1 m.OP + n. OQ = 1; prove that the circle always
From (i) and (ii), >
2
p –1+ 2 3 passes through a fixed point other than O.
Sol. Let O be selected as the origin and the lines be y = 0
p+2 1
or > and y = αx where P is on y = 0 and Q is on y = αx.
2
p +1 3 Now, P = (OP, 0) and
or 3(p + 2) > p2 + 1 {Q p2 + 1 > 0} Q = (OQcos θ, OQsin θ)
or p2 – 3p – 5 < 0;  
1 α
the corresponding equation is p2 – 3p – 5 = 0 =  OQ. , OQ.  (Q tan θ = α)
 
 1+ α 2 1+ α 2 
3 ± 9 + 4.5 3 ± 29
∴ p= = y = αx
2 2
2
∴ the sign-scheme for p – 3p – 5, p ∈ R is as
follows; Q
(+) (–) (+)
θ
3 – 29 3 + 29
2
O P y=0
2
Let the equation of the circle be
3 – 29 3 + 29 x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2f y + c = 0 ...(i)
∴ p2 – 3p – 5 < 0 ⇒ <π<
2 2 As it passes through O, P and Q we get
⇒ – 1.2 < p < 4.2 c=0 ...(ii)
2
But p is a natural number. So possible values of OP + 2g . OP = 0; ∴ OP = – 2g ...(iii)
p = 1, 2, 3, 4. 1 α2
OQ2 . + OQ2 .
1+ α2 1+ α2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 39 JUNE 2011

 1 α d ( y – x)
+ 2g . OQ. + 2 f . OQ . =0 We have to find when z = 14.4 m.
1+ α 2
1+ α 2 dt
2 g + 2 fα dz
or OQ2 + OQ . =0 From the question, = – 1.8 m/s
dt
1+ α2
Now, from ∆BCQ, x2 = z2 + (4.2)2 ...(i)
2( g + fα )
∴ OQ = – 4.5 BD y
1+ α2 As ∆ABD ~ ∆PQD, = , i.e., 3 =
1.5 QD y–x
But m . OP + n. OQ = 1
or 3(y – x) = y = (y – x) + x ∴ 2 (y – x) = x
 2( g + fα) 
∴ m(–2g) + n .  –  =1 d ( y – x) dx
 or 2 = ...(ii)
1 + α 2  dt dt
 2n  α dx dz
or  – 2m –  g – 2n . f=1 Differentiating (i), 2x = 2z = 2z(–1.8)
  dt dt
 1+ α2  1+ α2
dx –1.8 z 1.8 z
α  n  ∴ = =– .
∴ – 2n . f = 1 + 2 m + g dt x z + (4.2) 2
2

1+ α2  
 1+ α2 
dx 1.8 × 14.4
    When z = 14.4 m, =– m/s
1+ α2 n dt (14.4) 2 + (4.2) 2
∴ 2f = – 1 + 2 m + g 
nα 2 
  1 + α   d ( y – x) 1 –1.8 × 14.4
= kg + p where k and p are constant. ∴ from (ii), = . m/s
dx 2 (14.4) 2 + (4.2) 2
∴ from (i) and (ii), the circle has the equation
x2 + y2 + 2gx + (kg + p)y = 0 1 –1.8 × 14.4
= . m/s
or x2 + y2 + py + g(2x + ky) = 0 2 15
which is of the form S + λL = 0. = – 0.06 × 14.4 m/s = – 0.864 m/s.
∴ this circle passes through the intersection of the ∴ his shadow is shortening at the rate of 0.864 m/s.
circle x2 + y2 + py = 0 and the line 2x + ky = 0, both
being fixed.
But the line 2x + ky = 0 and the circle x2 + y2 + py = 0 4. Integrate
cut at two fixed points, one of them being the origin O. 1 + x 2 n {log(1 + x 2 n ) – 2n log x}
Hence, the circles pass through a fixed point other
than O.
∫ x 3n +1
dx, n ∈ R.

1 + x 2 n log(1 + x 2 n ) – log x 2 n
3. A lamp-post, 4.5 m high, is 4.2 m away from a
straight footpath. A boy, 1.5 m tall, walks along the
Sol. Here I = ∫ xn
.
x 2 n +1
dx

path at the rate of 1.8 m/s. Find the rate at which his  1 
shadow is shortening when he has 14.4 m more to log 2 n + 1
1 x  dx.
cover in order to arrive at the point on the path
nearest to the lamp-post.
= ∫ x 2n
+1 . ∫ x 2 n +1
Sol. The height of the lamp-post = AB = 4.5 m; 1 –2n
Put + 1 = z 2; then dx = 2zdz
the height of the man = PQ = 1.5 m; x 2n x 2 n +1
the distance of the lamp-post from the path
zdz 2
∫ z. log z ∫
2
= BC = 4.2 m. ∴ I= . =– z 2 log zdz
–n n
Let BQ = x m, BD = y m and QC = z m
∴ the length of the shadow = QD = (y – x) m. 2 z3 z3 1 
A
=– log z. –
n  3 ∫ . dz 
3 z 

4.5 m P – 2 1 3 1 z3 
=  z log z – .  + c
1.5 m n  3 3 3 
B x y–x D
Q 2z 3
4.2 m z =– {3 log z – 1} + c
9n
C

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 40 JUNE 2011

 3/ 2  1/ 2  → → →
2  1   1  i j k
=–  + 1 . 3 log 2 n + 1 – 1 + c → → →
9n  x 2 n   x   4 i – 4 j + 2k = x y z
2 (1 + x 2 n ) 3 / 2  3 1 + x 2n  1 2 2
=– 3 n  log 2 n
– 1 + c
9n x  2 x  → → →
= (2y – 2z) i – (2x – z) j + (2x – y) k
2 (1 + x 2 n ) 3 / 2
=– . ∴ 2y – 2z = 4, 2x – z = 4, 2x – y = 2
9n x 3n ⇒ y – z = 2, 2x – y = 2
3  (Q the second equation can be obtained from the
×  log(1 + x 2 n ) – 3n log x – 1 + c
 2  other two)
→ → →
i j k
5. A rigid body is rotating about an axis through the → → →
From (ii), 6 i – 4 j + 4 k = x y z
point (3, – 1, –2). If the particle at the point (4, 1, 0)
→ → → 0 3 3
has the velocity 4 i – 4 j + 2 k and that at the
→ → → → → →
point (3, 2, 1) has the velocity 6 i – 4 j + 4 k , find = (3y – 3z) i – 3x j + 3x k
the magnitude and direction of the angular velocity of ∴ 3y – 3z = 6, – 3x = – 4, 3x = 4
the body. 4
→ ⇒ y – z = 2, x = .
Sol. Let the angular velocity be ω . 3
→
Thus, we have the following three different equation
ω in x, y, z :
P(4, 1, 0) 4
y – z = 2, 2x – y = 2, x=
3
Q(3, 2, 1) 4 2 –4
Solving these x = , y= , z=
3 3 3
→ 4 → 2 → 4 →
A(3, –1,–2) ∴ angular velocity ω = i + j – k
3 3 3
→ → →
The velocity at a point is given by v = ω × r →
4 2
2
 – 4
2 2

→ → → → → ∴ | w| =   +  +  = 4 =2
∴ from the question, 4 i – 4 j + 2 k = ω × AP 3
  3
   3 
→
→ → → → → → ω 2→ 1→ 2→
and 6 i – 4 j + 4 k = ω × AQ . and unit vector along ω = = i + j – k.
→ 3 3 3
→ → → → → | ω|
But, AP = AO + OP = OP – OA
→ → → → →
6. Two different packs of cards are shuffled together.
= (4 i + j ) – (3 i – j – 2 k ) Cards are dealt equally among 4 players, each getting
→ → →
13 cards. In how many ways can a player get his
= i + 2 j + 2k cards if no two cards are from the same suit with the
same denomination?
→ → → → →
AQ = AO + OQ = OQ – OA Sol. Here, there are 52 distinct cards, each card being 2 in
number. As not two cards are to be of the same suit
→ → → → → →
= ( 3 i + 2 j + k ) – (3 i – j – 2 k ) with the same denomination (i.e., two cards are
identical), 13 cards are to be selected from 52 cards
→ →
= 3 j + 3k where each card is two in number.
The number of selection of 13 cards from 52 distinct
∴ we get, cards = 52C13.
→ → → → → → → But each of the 13 cards can be selected in 2 ways
4 i – 4 j + 2 k = ω × ( i + 2 j + 2 k ) ...(i) (belonging to either of the two packs).
→ → → → → →
∴ the required number of ways
6 i – 4 j + 4 k = ω × (3 j + 3 k ) ...(ii)
52!
→ → → → = 52C13 × 213 = . 213.
Let ω = x i + y j + z k . Then from (i), 13!39!

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 41 JUNE 2011

 MATHS INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC
FUNCTION
Mathematics Fundamentals

Meaning of inverse function : (d).1. sin–1x + cos–1x = π/2

1. sin θ = x ⇔ sin–1 x = θ 2. tan–1x + cot–1x = π/2
2. cos θ = x ⇔ cos–1x = θ 3. sec–1x + cosec–1x = π/2
3. tan θ = x ⇔ tan–1x = θ Formulae for Sum and Difference of Inverse
Function –
4. cot θ = x ⇔ cot–1x = θ
 −1 x + y
5. sec θ = x ⇔ sec—1x = θ  tan 1 − xy where xy < 1
6. cosec θ = x ⇔ cosec–1x = θ 1. tan–1x + tan–1y = 
x+y
π + tan −1 when xy > 1
Domains and Range of Functions :  1 − xy
Function Domain Range x− y
2. tan–1x – tan–1y = tan–1
sin–1x –1≤ x ≤ 1 π π 1 + xy
– ≤θ≤
2 2
3. sin–1x ± sin–1y = sin–1  x 1 − y 2 ± y 1 − x 2 
cos–1x –1≤ x ≤ 1 0≤θ≤π  
tan–1x – ∞ < x < ∞, π π 4. cos–1x ± cos–1y = cos–1  xy m 1 − x 2 1 − y 2 
– <θ<  
i.e. x ∈ R 2 2
cosec–1x x ≤ –1, x ≥ 1 π π  xy m 1 
θ ≠ 0, – ≤θ< 5. cot–1x ± cot–1y = cot–1  
2 2  y±x
sec–1x x ≤ –1, x ≥ 1 π  x + y + z − xyz 
θ≠ ,0≤θ≤π 6. tan–1x + tan–1y + tan–1z = tan–1  
2 1 − xy − yz − zx 
cot–1x –∞ < x < ∞ 0<θ<π Some Important Results :
i.e. x ∈ R
1. 2 sin–1x = sin–12x 1 − x 2
Properties of Inverse Functions : 2. 2 cos–1x = cos–1(2x2 – 1)
(a) 1. sin–1(sin θ) = θ, sin (sin–1x) = x 2x 2x 1− x2
2. –1 –1
cos (cos θ) = θ, cos (cos x) = x 3. 2 tan–1x = tan–1 = sin–1 = cos–1
1− x2 1+ x2 1+ x2
3. tan–1(tan θ) = θ, tan (tan–1x) = x 4. 3 sin x = sin (3x – 4x3)
–1 –1

4. cot–1(cot θ) = θ, cot (cot–1x) = x 5. 3 cos–1x = cos–1(4x3 – 3x)

5. sec–1(sec θ) = θ, sec (sec–1x) = x 3x − x 3
–1 –1 6. 3 tan–1x = tan–1
6. cosec (cosec θ) = θ, cosec (cosec x) = x 1 − 3x 2
(b) 1. sin–1x = cosec–1(1/x)
 x  x
2. cos–1x = sec–1(1/x) 7. tan–1   = sin–1  
3. tan–1x = cot–1(1/x)  a − x 
2 2 a
(c) 1. sin–1(–x) = – sin–1x  3a 2 x − x 3  x
–1 –1 8. tan–1  2 
= 3 tan–1  
2. cos (–x) = π – cos x 2
 a(a − 3x )  a
3. tan–1(–x) = – tan–1x
 1+ x2 + 1− x2  π 1
4. cot–1(–x) = π – cot–1x 9. tan–1   = + cos–1x2
5. sec–1(–x) = π – sec–1x  1+ x2 − 1− x2  4 2
 
6. cosec–1(–x) = – cosec–1x

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 42 JUNE 2011

 MATHS
QUADRATIC EQUATION
General quadratic equation :
An equation of the form
ax2 + bx + c = 0 ...(1)
where a ≠ 0, is called a quadratic equation, in the real
or complex coefficients a, b and c.
Roots of a quadratic equation :
The values of x, (say x = α, β) which satisfy the
quadratic equation (1) are called the roots of the
equation and they are given by
− b + b 2 − 4ac − b − b 2 − 4ac
α= ;β=
2a 2a
Discriminant of a quadratic equation :
The quantity D ≡ b2 – 4ac, is known as the
discriminant of the equation.
Nature of the Roots :
In the equations ax2 + bx + c = 0, let us suppose that
a, b, c are real and a ≠ 0. The following is true about
the nature of its roots-
(i) The equation has real and distinct roots if and only
if D ≡ b2 – 4ac > 0.
(ii) The equation has real and coincident (equal) roots
if and only if D ≡ b2 – 4ac = 0.
(iii) The equation has complex roots of the form
α ± iβ, α ≠ 0, β ≠ 0 ∈ R, if and only if
D ≡ b2 – 4ac < 0.
(iv) The equation has rational roots if and only if a, b,
c ∈ Q (the set of rational numbers) and
D ≡ b2 – 4ac is a perfect square (of a rational
number).
(v) The equation has (unequal) irrational (surd form)
roots if and only if D ≡ b2 – 4ac > 0 and not a
perfect square even if a, b and c are rational. In
this case if p + q , p, q rational, is an irrational
root, then P – q is also a root (a, b, c being
rational).
(vi) α + iβ (β ≠ 0 and α, β ∈ R) is a root if and only
if its conjugate α – iβ is a root, that is complex
roots occur in pairs in a quadratic equation. In
case the equations is satisfied by more than two
complex numbers, then it reduces to an identitiy.
0.x2 + 0.x + 0 = 0, i.e. a = 0 = b = c.
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
Mathematics Fundamentals
Relation between Roots and Coefficients :
If α, β are the roots of the quadratic equation
ax2 + bx + c = 0, then the sum and product of the
roots is
b c
α+β=– and αβ =
a a
Hence the quadratic equation whose roots are α and β
is given by
x2 – (α + β)x + αβ = 0 or (x – α) (x – β) = 0
Condition that the two quadratic equations have a
common root :
Let α be a common root of two quadratic equations
a1x2 + b1x + c1 = 0 and a2x2 + b2x + c2 = 0
where a1 ≠ 0, a2 ≠ 0 and a1b2 – a2b1 ≠ 0.
Then a1α2 + b1α + c1 = 0 and a2α2 + b2α + c2 = 0
which gives (by cross multipication),
α2 α 1
= =
b1c 2 − b2 c1 c1a 2 − c 2 a1 a1b2 − a 2 b1
Thus eliminating α, the condition for a common root
is given by
(c1a2 – c2a1)2 = (b1c2 – b2c1) (a1b2 – a2 b1) ...(2)
Condition that the two quadratic equations have both
the roots common :
The two quadratic equation will have the same roots
if and only if their coefficients are proportional, i.e.
a1 b c
= 1 = 1
a2 b2 c2
Descarte's rule of signs :
The maximum number of positive of a polynomial
f (x) is the number of changes of signs in f (x) and the
maximum number of negative roots of f(x) is the
number of changes of signs in f (–x).
Position of roots :
If f (x) = 0 is an equation and a, b are two real
numbers such that f (a) f (b) < 0, then the equation
f (x) = 0 has at least one real root or an odd number of
real roots between a and b. In case f (a) and f (b) are
of the same sign, then either no real root or an even
number of real roots of f (x) = 0 lie between a and b.
43 JUNE 2011
The quadratic expression : If the ratio of roots of the quadratic equation
2
(A) Let f (x) ≡ ax + bx + c, a, b, c ∈ R, a > d be a ax2 + bx + c = 0 be p : q, then pqb2 = (p + q)2ac.
quadratic expression. Since, If one root of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0
be p : q, then pqb2 = (p + q)2ac.
 b 
2
 b 2 − 4ac 
f (x) = a  x +  −   ...(3) If one root of the quadratic equation ax2 + bx + c = 0
 2a   4a 2  is equal to the nth power of the other, then
1 1
The following is true from equation (3) n n +1 n
(ac ) + (a c) +1
n +b=0
(i) f (x) > 0 (< 0) for all values of x ∈ R if and only if
a > 0 (< 0) and D ≡ b2 – 4ac < 0. If one roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 be n
times the other root, then nb2 = ac(n + 1)2.
(ii) f (x) ≥ 0 (≤ 0) if and only if a > 0 (< 0) and
D ≡ b2 – 4ac = 0. If the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are of the
k +1 k+2
b form and , then (a + b + c)2 = b2 – 4ac.
In this case (D = 0 ), f (x) = 0 if and only if x = – k k +1
2a
If the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0 are α, β, then the
(iii) If D ≡ b2 – 4ac > 0 and a > 0 (< 0), then
1 1
< 0(> 0), for x lying between the roots of f(x) = 0 roots of cx2 + bx + a = 0 will be , .
f (x) = > 0(< 0), α β
 for x not lying between the roots of f(x) = 0
= 0, for x = each of the roots of f(x) = 0 The roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are
reciprocal to a´x2 + b´x + c´ = 0 if
(iv) If a > 0, (< 0), then f (x) has a minimum
b (cc´ – aa´)2 = (ba´ – cb´) (ab´ – bc´).
(maximum) value at x = – and this value is Let f (x) = ax2 + bx + c, where a > 0 .Then
2a
given by (i) Conditions for both the roots of f (x) = 0 to be
greater than a given number K are b2 – 4ac ≥ 0;
4ac − b 2
[f(x)]min (max) = −b
4a f (K) > 0; > K.
2a
(B) The sign of the expression :
(ii) The number K lies between the roots of f (x) = 0
(i) The value of expression (x – a) (x – b); (a < b) is if f (K) < 0.'
positive if x < a or x > b, in other words x does
(iii) Condition for exactly one root of f (x) = 0 to lie
not lie between a and b.
between d and e is f (d) f (e) < 0.
(ii) The expression (x – a) (x – b); (a < b) is negative
if a < x < b i.e. if x lies between a and b.
Some important results :
If f (α) = 0 and f ´(α) = 0, then α is a repeated root of
Puzzle : 5 Pirates
the quadratic equation f (x) = 0 and f (x) = a(x – α)2.
b
In fact α = – .
2a
Imaginary and irrational roots occur in conjugate
pairs (when a, b, c ∈ R or a, b, c being rational) i.e.,
• 5 pirates of different ages have a treasure of 100
if –3 + 2i or 5 – 2 7 is a root then –3 – 2i or gold coins.
5 + 2 7 will also be a root. • On their ship, they decide to split the coins using
2
For the quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0 this scheme:
(i) One root will be reciprocal of the other if a = c. • The oldest pirate proposes how to share the coins,
(ii) One root is zero if c = 0 and all pirates remaining will vote for or against it.
(iii) Roots are equal in magnitude but opposite in sign • If 50% or more of the pirates vote for it, then the
if b = 0. coins will be shared that way. Otherwise, the
(iv) Both roots are zero if b = c = 0. pirate proposing the scheme will be thrown
overboard, and the process is repeated with the
(v) Roots are positive if a and c are of the same sign
pirates that remain. Assuming that all 5 pirates
and b is of the opposite sign.
are intelligent, rational, greedy, and do not wish
(vi) Roots are of opposite sign if a and c are of to die, (and are rather good at math for pirates)
opposite sign. what will happen?
(vii) Roots are negative if a, b, c are of the same sign.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 44 JUNE 2011

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 45 JUNE 2011
 Based on New Pattern

IIT-JEE 2012
XtraEdge Test Series # 2
Time : 3 Hours
Syllabus : Physics : Laws of motion, Friction, Work Power Energy, Gravitation, S.H.M., Laws of Conservations of
Momentum, Rotational Motion (Rigid Body), Elasticity, Fluid Mechanics, Surface Tension, Viscosity, Refl. At Plane surface,
Ref. at Curved surface, Refraction at Plane surface, Prism (Deviation & Dispersion), Refraction at Curved surface, Wave Nature
of Light: Interference. Chemistry : Gaseous state, Chemical Energetics, Oxidation-Reduction, Equivalent Concept, Volumetric
Analysis, Reaction Mechanism, Alkane, Alkene, Alkyne, Alcohol, Ether & Phenol, Practical Organic Chemistry, Aromatic
Hydrocarbons, Halogen Derivatives, Carboxylic Acid & Its Derivatives, Nitrogen Compounds, Amines, Carbohydrates, Amino
Acid, Protein & Polymers. Mathematics: Logarithm & Modulus Function, Quadratic Equation, Progressions, Binomial
Theorem, Permutation & Combination, Complex Number, Indefinite Integration, Definite Integration, Area Under the Curve,
Defferential Equations.
Instructions : [Each subject contain]
Section – I : Question 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions with only one correct answer. +3 marks will be
awarded for correct answer and -1 mark for wrong answer.
Section – II : Question 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions with multiple correct answer. +4 marks will be
awarded for correct answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer.
Section – III : Question 13 to 14 are Column Matching type questions. +8 marks will be awarded for the complete
correctly matched answer and +2 mark for wrong answer. However, +1 mark will be given for a
correctly marked answer in any row.
Section – IV : Question 15 to 20 are Numerical Response Question (single digit Ans. type) +4 marks will be
awarded for correct answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer.

2. A ring of mass 'M' and radius 'R'

PHYSICS is slipped into cone kept on a
θ
horizontal surface. The cone is
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each A
accelerated towards right with
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of acceleration 'a'. There is no
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in friction between ring and the
OMR sheet against the question number of that cone. Tension in ring at point A
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct is -
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer. Ma Mg cot θ
(A) (B)
1. A plastic ball is suspended inside liquid filled in a 2π 2π
closed cylindrical container shown in figure. The
elongation in spring is 1 mm. The cylinder is now M (a + g cot θ) M (a + g tan θ)
(C) (D)
rotated about vertical axis shown with angular 2π 2π
g
velocity ω = . Assuming that length of spring
a 3. Let E1 and E2 denotes gravitational field at distance
b < < a, elongation in spring will be – 'r1' and 'r2' from axes of infinitely long solid
cylinder of radius 'R'. Which of the following must
ω hold true -
(A) E1 < E2 if r1 < r2 < R
a
(B) E1 > E2 if R < r1 < r2
b (C) E1 > E2 if r1 = R – E, r2 = R + E (E is +ve
constant < R)
(D) All
(A) 1.7 mm (B) 2 mm
(C) 1 mm (D) 1.4 mm

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 46 JUNE 2011

4. Figure shows a body of arbitrary shape. 'O' is the 7. In the given figure ABC is a right angled isosceles
centre of mass of the body and mass of the body is prism kept in air. A ray of light is incident on it
M. If I CC ' = I0 then I AA' will be equal to - normally as shown in figure. Refractive index of
A C the prism is varying with time t as µ = 1 + 0.4 t
here t is in seconds. The angular velocity of the
emergent ray at time t = 1 sec is –
A
d
O
d

A' C'
(A) I CC ' + Md2 (B) I CC ' – Md2 B C
(C) I CC ' + 3 Md 2
(D) I CC ' + 4 Md 2 (A) 1.2 rad/sec (B) 1 rad/sec
(C)2 rad/sec (D) 1.5 rad/sec
5. Two identical prisms with slightly different indices 8. When a thin transparent sheet of refractive index
are located as shown. Angle θ is small. When a 3
laser beam strike one of the prisms perpendicular to µ = is placed near one of the slits in young
2
the surface, the refracted ray is deviated by a small double slit experiment, the intensity at the centre of
angle φ. Find the difference between the indices of the screen reduces to half of the maximum
refraction of the prism in term of θ & φ - intensity. The minimum thickness of the sheet
should be -
λ λ λ λ
θ (A) (B) (C) (D)
4 8 2 3
φ
Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be
correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against
the question number of that question. +4 marks will
θ φ be given for each correct answer and no negative
(A) (B)
φ θ marks for wrong answer.
2φ 2θ 9. For a particle undergoing S.H.M. -
(C) (D) (A) Total mechanical energy must be conserved in
θ φ
a round trip
(B) Total mechanical energy must be conserved
6. In a Young's double slit experiment, green light is throughout the motion.
incident on the two slits. The interference pattern is (C) Minimum potential energy must correspond
observed on a screen. Which of the following maximum Kinetic energy
changes would cause the observed fringes to be (D) Minimum Kinetic energy may correspond
more closely spaced - maximum potential energy
fringes
10. A body starting from rest is moved along straight
line by a machine delivering constant power.
Choose the correct graph -

(A) (B)
K K

s t
(A) Reducing the separation between the slits
(B) Using blue light instead of green light.
(C) (D)
(C) Used red light instead of green light v s
(D) Moving the light source further away from the
slits t t

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 47 JUNE 2011

11. Two converging lens have focal length 20 cm & 30 3S
cm, optical axis of both lens coincide. This lens (C) Hollow co-axial (R)
2Rρg
system is used to form an image of an object, it
turn out that size of the image does not depend on cylinder made of glass,
the distance between the lens system & the object. having inner and outer
If L is distance between lens & M is magnification radius R and 2R respectively
after all possible refraction - immersed in water
L (D) Two parallel glass (S) Zero
plate separated by
distance 'R'
O immersed in water (T) None

14. Light rays are incident on devices which may cause

f = 20 cm f = 30 cm either reflection or refraction both. The natures of
(A) L = 10 cm (B) L = 50 cm the incident light and the devices are described in
column I. Some possible results of this on the rays
3 2
(C) | M | = (D) | M | = are given in column II.
2 3 Column-I Column-II
12. Consider a coaxial system of two thin convex lens (A) A ray of white light (P) Divergent
of focal length f each separated by a distance d - is incident on one face beam
of an equilateral prism.
(B) A ray of white light (Q) Total internal
is incident at an angle reflection
on a thick glass sheet.
(C) A ray of white light (R) Lateral shift
d passes from optically
(A) if d < f system will behave as convex lens of denser medium to rarer
focal length > f medium.
(B) if d < f system will behave as convex lens of (D) A parallel beam of (S) Dispersion
focal length < f monochromatic
(C) if f < d < 2f system will behave as convex lens light passes symmetrically
of focal length > f through a glass lens. (T) None
(D) if d = 2f system will behave as simple glass
plate. This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The
answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble
four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened
and five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II. in the OMR. +4 marks will be given for each correct
Any given statement in Column–I can have correct answer and no negative marking for each wrong
matching with One or More statement(s) given in answer.
Column II. For example, if for a given question,
statement B matches with the statements given in Q 15. An over head tank of capacity 10 k litre is kept at
and R, then for the particular question, against the top of building 15 m high. Water falls in tank
statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q with speed 5 2 m/s. Water level is at a depth
and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each 5 m below ground. The tank is to be filled in
correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row) 1/2 hr. If efficiency of pump is 67.5% electric
and no negative marking for each wrong answer. power used in hecto watt is -
13. Column-I contains different arrangements and 2
column-II contains capillary rise of water in those 1
arrangements. Surface tension of water is S and
density is 'ρ'. Match the following - 30°
Column-I Column-II
2S
(A) Silver tube of radius (P) 16. A wire of length ‘2m’ is clamped horizontally
Rρg between two fixed support. A mass m = 5kg is
R immersed in water hanged from middle of wire. The vertical and
4S depression in wire (in cm) in equilibrium is
(B) Glass tube of radius (Q)
Rρg (Young modulus of wire = 2.4 × 109 N/m2,
cross-sectional area = 1 cm2)
R immersed in water

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 48 JUNE 2011

17. A cube of mass 3kg is kept on a frictionless (A) 40 K (B) 640 K
horizontal surface. The block is given an impulse (C) 160 K (D) 320 K
so that point ‘A’ acquires velocity 4 m/s in the
direction shown. If speed of point B is 4 2 m/s, 2. A solution of 500 ml of 0.2 M KOH and 500 ml of
0.2 M HCl is mixed and stirred; the rise in
K.E. of block (in Joule) minus 10 Joule is -
temperature is T1. The experiment is repreated
B A 4 m/s using 250 ml each of solution, the temperature
raised is T2. Which of the following is true -
10 cm
(A) T1 = T2 (B) T1 = 2T2
(C) T1 = 4T2 (D) T2 = 9T1
18. A ray of light from a liquid (µ = 3 ) is incident on
3. In the reaction,
a system of two right angled prism of refractive
3Br2 + 6CO32– + 3H2O →
indices 3 & 2 as shown. The ray suffers zero
deviation when emerges into air from CD. The 5Br– + BrO3–+ 6HCO3–
angle of incidence i is …. × 9º. (A) Bromine is oxidised and carbonate is reduced
(B) Bromine is oxidised as well as reduced
3 (C) Bromine is reduced and water is oxidised
i µ= 2 (D) Br2 is neither oxidised nor reduced

µ= 3 4. Identify the most stable conformation -

CH3 CH2
19. When an object is placed at a distance of 25 cm (A) (B) CH2 H
from a mirror, the magnification is m1. The object H H H
is moved 15 cm away with respect to the earlier H H CH3
position along principal axis, magnification
CH2
becomes m2. If m1 × m2 = 4, the focal length of the
H CH2 H
mirror in cm is…. × 10 cm. (C) H (D)
CH3 H
20. A uniform horizontal beam of light is incident upon H
a prism as shown. The prism is in the shape of a H Me
quarter cylinder of radius R = 5 cm and has index
of refraction µ = 1.5. A patch on the table top for a 5. Which of the following alcohols would you expect
distance x from the cylinder is unilluminated. The to form a corbocation most readily in H2SO4 -
value of x in cm is. OH

(A)

R x OH

(B)
CHEMISTRY
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each OH
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of O
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in
OMR sheet against the question number of that (C)
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.
OH
1. A perfect gas exerting a pressure P atm and has
density ρ (gL–1). A plot of (P ρ) Versus P at
d  (D)
constant T is drawn if  (ρP) = 5 then
 dp  p =8.21 atm
the value of T is [Molar mass of gas = 4 g mol–1]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 49 JUNE 2011

6. Identify the set of reagents/ reaction conditions ‘X’ (C) The given process is constant enthalpic process.
and ‘Y’ in the following set of transformations (D) For the given process the change in internal
[IIT - 2002] energy, ∆E ≠ 0
X
–CH3 – CH2 – CH2Br →
t −BuOK
Y 10. CH3  → Product. Choose the
Product → CH3–CH–CH3 Br
Br correct statement
(A) X = dilute aqueous NaOH, 20ºC ; Y = HBr / (A) CH3 is an endocyclic seytzeff product
acetic acid, 20ºC
(B) X = concentrated alcoholic NaOH, 80ºC ; (B) CH2 is an exocyclic seytzeff product
Y = HBr / acetic acid, 20º
(C) X = dilute aqueous NaOH, 20ºC ; Y = Br2/
(C) CH3 is an endocyclic Hofmann product
CHCl3, 0ºC
(D) X = concentrated alcoholic NaOH, 80ºC ;
Y = Br2/CHCl3, 0ºC (D) CH2 is an exocyclic Hofmann
product
7. Propenal principally undergo nucleophilic addition
reaction because – 11. Choose the correct statement for the following
(A)Conjugation leads to generation of carbocation compound
(B) Conjugation leads to formation of carbonion
CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH
(C) Presence of carbonyl group make double bond
of alkene less reactive H O H O H O
O H O H O H O
(D) None of these OH H OH H OH H
H H
8. An alkaline solution of potassium mercuric iodide
is known as - H OH H OH H OH
(A) Nessler’s reagent (A) this carbohydrate is a polymer of D glucose
(B) Lassaigne’s reagent (B) it has α(1, 4) glycosidic linkage
(C) Fenton’s reagent (C) it is a non reducing carbohydrate
(D) it does not give fehling test
(D) None of the above
12. The correct orders are -
Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each COOH COOH
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of CH3 CH3
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be
correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against (A) > (Acidic strength)
the question number of that question. +4 marks will CH3 CH3
be given for each correct answer and no negative NO2 NO2
marks for wrong answer.
OH OH
Porous plate
(B) > (Acidic strength)
(I) (II)
NO2 NO2 NO2 NO2
9. T1 P1 T 2 P2
NO2 COOH
NH2 NH2
Insulation
The given system is completely thermally (C) < (Basic strength)
insulated. P2 < P1 and T2 < T1 consider molar
volume at P1, T1 is V1 and molar volume at P2, T2
NO2 NO2
is V2 . 1 mole of gas is transferred from piston (I)
OH OH
to piston (II) As per the given figure -
NO2
(A) work done on the gas in piston (I) is P1 V1 and
(D) < (Boiling point)
work done by the gas in piston (II) is P2 V2
(B) Net work done, ∆w = P1V1 – P2 V2
NO2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 50 JUNE 2011

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has 15. A gas is heated in a cyllinder fitted with a nozzle
four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I 2
and five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II. from 27°C for 20 minutes. It is found that rd of
3
Any given statement in Column–I can have correct the original gas is diffused out through the nozzle.
matching with One or More statement(s) given in What would be the difference in temperature (give
Column II. For example, if for a given question, your answer in terms of multiples of 100K)
statement B matches with the statements given in Q between initial and final states ?
and R, then for the particular question, against
statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q 16 In the following sequence of reactions the reducing
and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each and oxidising agents are properly mentioned
correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row)
and no negative marking for each wrong answer. (I) m+ (II) n+ (III) p+
5+ A A A
13. Match the column : A
2+
Column - I Column - II Sn N2H4 I2
(A) Hoffmann degradation (P) Aldehyde & 4+ –
Sn N2 I
1º amine
–2 5+
(B) Curtius rearrangement (Q) Iso cyanate Initially we have taken 10 mole of A . In
2+
(C) Lossen rearrangement (R) Br2 + NaOH reaction (I) number moles of Sn required
–3
O = 5 × 10 moles.
(D) Hemiaminal (S) R–CN3 In reaction (II) the number of moles of N2H4
–3
required = 2.5 × 10 moles.
(T) 2º amine
In reaction (III) the number of moles of I2 required
14. Match the column: –3
= 5 × 10 moles
Column-I Column-II Determine the value of p.
(For a definite amount of (Enthalpy change /
an ideal gas) work done) 17 A sample consisting of chlorate brown powder of
P PbO2 is allowed to react with excess of KI and
iodine liberated is reacted with N2H4 in another
(A) 2P0 1 1→2 (P) ∆H > 0 container. The volume of gas liberated from this
P0 2 second container at STP was measured out to be
V 1.12 litre. Find out volume (in litres) of decimolar
V0 2V0 NaOH required to dissolve PbO2 completely.
P (Assume all reactions are 100% complete)

(B) 32P0 2 Adiabatic (Q) ∆H = 0 18. The weight of a hydrated dibasic acid required for
the complete neutralisation of 48 ml of 1N
P0 1 γ = 5/4 Ca(OH2) is 4.8 gram. When 2.5 gram of the
V hydrated acid is strongly heated to a constant
V0 16V0
P weight, it gives 1.825 gram of the anhydrous acid.
Find out number of water molecules per molecule
2 of hydrated acid
1
(C) (R) W > 0
19. Which nitrogen in LSD (Lysergic acid
T diethylamide) is most basic ?
P O
1
1 3
(D) 2 (S) W < 0 C – N (C2H5)2
H–N
2
T N
(T) W = 0
CH3
This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The
answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit integer, 20. P toluidine reacts with benzene diazonium
ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble corresponding to the chloride to form compound which on boiling with
correct answer is to be darkened in the OMR. +4 Aq. H2SO4 give How many product.
marks will be given for each correct answer and no
negative marking for each wrong answer.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 51 JUNE 2011

 7. The maximum area of the triangle formed by the
MATHEMATICS complex coordinates z, z1, z2 which satisfy the
z +z 
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each relations |z – z1| = |z – z2|, z –  1 2  ≤ r, where
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of  2 
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in r > |z1 – z2| is -
OMR sheet against the question number of that 1 1
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct (A) |z1 – z2|2 (B) |z1 – z2|r
2 2
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.
1 1
n
(−1) r n +1
C r +1 (C) |z1 – z2|2r2 (D) |z1 – z2|r2
1. Value of
∑ r =0
r +2
C r +1
equals - 2 2

8. A delegation of five students is to be formed from a

n+2 n +1 group of 10 students. If three particular students
(A) (B)
n +1 n+2 want to remain together whereas two particular
n +1 n+3 students do not want to remain together then the
(C) (D) number of selections is -
n+3 n +1
(A) 10 (B) 20
2. The value of a for which equation ln (alnx) = lnx (C) 30 (D) none of these
has a solution is-
(A) e (B) 1/e (C) e2 (D) e3 Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
1 which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be
If
∫ f ( x) dx = ln (f(x))
2
3. + C & f (2) = 2,
correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against
then number of solution (s) of the equation the question number of that question. +4 marks will
be given for each correct answer and no negative
sgn (ln (f |x|)) = 1 – x2 is -
marks for wrong answer.
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) infinite
9. The orthogonal trajectories of the system of curves
3 0 2
sin x sin x  dy  4
4. Let I1 =
∫
x 1
dx and I2 =
x 1 ∫
dx, where   =
dx
  x
are -
0
π + 3 −3
π + 3 − x3/ 2
    (A) 9 (y + c)2 = x3 (B) y + c =
[.] represents greatest integer function, then- 3
(A) I1 = I2 (B) I1 + I2 = 0 x3/ 2
(C) y + c =  (D) All of these
(C) I1 = 2I2 (D) 2I1 = 3I2 3

π/ 4
5. The area bounded by y = x2 + 2 and
10. If In = ∫ (tan
n
( x − [ x]) + tann–2 (x – [x])) dx and
y = 2 |x| – cos πx is equal to -
0
2 8 4 1 n ∈ N; n ≥ 2, where [.] denotes greatest integer
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 3 3 function, then -
1 1
6. The solution of the differential equation (A) – =1 (B) I2, I3, I4 ... are in H.P.
I100 I 99
dy sin y + x
= is - n
1 n (n − 1)
dx sin 2 y − x cos y (C) I2, I3, I4 ... are in A.P. (D) ∑I =
2
x2 i=2 i
(A) sin2 y = x sin y + +C
2 11. Let 'z' be a complex number and 'a' be a real
x 2 parameter such that z2 + az + a2 = 0, then
(B) sin2 y = x sin y – +C (A) locus of z is a pair of straight lines
2
(B) locus of z is a circle
2 x2
(C) sin y = x + sin y + +C 2π
2 (C) arg(z) = ±
3
x2 (D) |z| = |a|
(D) sin2 y = x – sin y + +C
2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 52 JUNE 2011

12. 'n' locks and 'n' corres ponding keys are available. This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The
But the actual combination is not known. The answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit
maximum numbers of trails are needed to assign integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble
the keys to their corresponding locks are - corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened
n in the OMR. +4 marks will be given for each correct
(A) nC2 (B) ∑ (k – 1)
k =2
answer and no negative marking for each wrong
answer.
∞ ∞
(C) n! (D) n+1C2 k
15. Value of sum ∑ ∑ is 
k = 1 n = 1 2 +k
n

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has

four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I
and five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II.
Any given statement in Column–I can have correct
matching with One or More statement(s) given in
Column II. For example, if for a given question,
statement B matches with the statements given in Q
and R, then for the particular question, against
statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q
and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each
correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row)
and no negative marking for each wrong answer.
13. Column-I Column-II
(A) (x–2) is a common factor of (P) 4
expression x 2 + ax + b &
x2 + cx + d where a ≠ c, b ≠ d
16. No. of terms with integral coefficients in expansion
of (51/3 – 31/4 x2)296 is 4k + 1 then k equals.
17. If a2 + b = 2 then maximum value of term
independent of x in expression of (ax1/6 + bx–1/3)9
(a > 0, b > 0) is 9k + k + 1, then value of k is
18. If the solution of the differential equation
dy 2
sec2 y + 2x tany = x3 is 2 tany = λ (x2 – 1) + ce − x ,
dx
where c is arbitrary constant, then numerical value
of λ is equal to.
19. Let y = f ( x ) be a differentiable curve
x
x2
2

then
b−d
is equal to
satisfying ∫ f (t ) dt = 2 ∫
+ t 2 f (t ) dt , then
c−a 2 x
π/ 4
(B) If number of ways of arranging (Q) 5 f ( x) + x 9 − x 3 + x + 1
letter of word CHEEKU is 3(k!)
then k equals
∫
−π / 4
cos 2 x
dx is equal to.

(C) Last non zero digit in 21! is (R) 2 a

20. If area bounded by y = (a > 0) and y = c(c ≤ 0)
(D) If n∈N then remainder when (S) 0 4 + x2
(37) n + 2 + (16) n + 1 + (30) n is an even prime integer then [a] + [c] is equal to,
is divided by 7 is (T) 3 where [.] represents greatest integer function.

14. Column-I Column-II

1 Puzzle : Crates of Fruit
(A) If λ = ∫ | sin 2πx | dx , then πλ
0
(P) 4

is equal to
(B) If area between the curves (Q) 7
 1− x2 
y = cos–1   and y = π x • You are on an island and there are three crates
2 
1+ x  2
of fruit that have washed up in front of you.
π One crate contains only apples. One crate
is a . – ln2b then ab is
4 contains only oranges. The other crate contains
(1 − cos 2 x ) sin 5 x both apples and oranges.
(C) If f (x) = ∫x 2 tan 3x
dx, (R) 5
• Each crate is labeled. One reads "apples", one
3  reads "oranges", and one reads "apples and
then lim  f ′( x)  is equal to oranges". You know that NONE of the crates
x→0  2  have been labeled correctly - they are all
6
wrong.
∫e
3 x −[3 x ]
(D) If dx = p (e – q), (S) 2
• If you can only take out and look at just one of
0
the pieces of fruit from just one of the crates,
where [.] denotes greatest how can you label ALL of the crates correctly?
integer function then p + q is (T) 6

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 53 JUNE 2011

 Based on New Pattern

IIT-JEE 2013
XtraEdge Test Series # 2
Time : 3 Hours
Syllabus : Physics : Laws of motion, Friction, Work Power Energy, Gravitation, S.H.M., Laws of Conservations of
Momentum, Rotational Motion (Rigid Body), Elasticity, Fluid Mechanics, Surface Tension, Viscosity. Chemistry : Gaseous
state, Chemical Energetics, Oxidation-Reduction, Equivalent Concept, Volumetric Analysis. Mathematics: Logarithm &
Modulus Function, Quadratic Equation, Progressions, Binomial Theorem, Permutation & Combination, Complex Number
Instructions : [Each subject contain]
Section – I : Question 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions with only one correct answer. +3 marks will be awarded
for correct answer and -1 mark for wrong answer.
Section – II : Question 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions with multiple correct answer. +4 marks will be awarded
for correct answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer.
Section – III : Question 13 to 14 are Column Matching type questions. +8 marks will be awarded for the complete
correctly matched answer and +2 mark for wrong answer. However, +1 mark will be given for a
correctly marked answer in any row.
Section – IV : Question 15 to 20 are Numerical Response Question (single digit Ans. type) +4 marks will be awarded
for correct answer and No Negative marks for wrong answer.

3. A solid ball of radius 0.2m and mass 1kg lying at

PHYSICS rest on a smooth horizontal surface is given an
instantaneous impulse of 50 N-s at point P as
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each shown. The number of rotations made by the ball
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of about its diameter before hitting the ground is -
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in 50N-s
OMR sheet against the question number of that P
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct 30º
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer.
→
1. Given F = ( xy 2 ) iˆ + ( x 2 y ) ˆj newton. Find the work
→
done by F when a particle is taken along the (A) 625 3 (B) 2500 3
semicircular path OAB where the co-ordinates of B 2π 2π
are (4, 0).- (C) 3125 3 (D) 1250 3
(A) 65 J (B) 75 J 2π 2π
3 2 4. At time t = 0, a horizontal disc starts rotating with
(C) 73 (D) 0 J angular acceleration 1 rad/sec2 about an axis
J
4 perpendicular to its plane and passing though its
center. A small block is lying on this disc at a
2. The minimum work done by the agent, in pulling a
distance 0.5 m from center, coefficient of friction
small particle of mass m from A to B as shown in
between surface of block and disc is 0.255. The
figure, is -
block will start slipping on the disc at time t, is
agent approximately equal to -
B (A) 2 3 s (B) 2 2 s
R
m smooth
(C) 6 s (D) 5 s
A
5. A uniform rod of mass m and length l starts
(A) 4 mgR (B) mgR rotating with constant angular acceleration α in a
horizontal plane about a fixed vertical axis passing
(C) 3mgR (D) 2mgR
through one end. The horizontal component of the
net force exerted on the rod by the axis when it has
rotated by an angle π/2, is -

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 54 JUNE 2011

 l l (A) The particle executes SHM in the ground frame
(A) mα (B) mα 1 + π2
2 2  3 
about the mean position 1, ,3t  .
mπαl  2 
(C) (D) none of these
2 (B) The particle executes SHM in a frame moving
along the z–axis with a velocity of 3 m/s.
6. A simple pendulum is attached to the roof of a
(C) The amplitude of the SHM of the particle is
stationary elevator. If the time period of oscillation
5
is T when it is stationary, what will be time period m.
of oscillation when the elevator falls freely - 2
(A) 0 (B) T (D) The direction of the SHM of the particle is
2 4 3 
given by the vector  ˆi − ˆj  .
(C) 2T (D) none of these 5 5 

7. A projectile is projected in the earth’s gravitational 11. A ball of mass 1 kg is thrown up with an initial
with initial kinetic energy E. The horizontal of the speed of 4 m/s. A second ball of mass 2 kg is
projectile range is R. If the mass of the projectile is released from rest from some height as shown in
1 kg then the angle of projection of the projectile the figure -
will be equal to 2 kg
(A) sin −1
(gR / 2E ) (B) 2 sin −1
(gR / 2E ) u=0

(C) 0.5 sin −1 (gR / 2E ) (D) 4 sin −1 (gR / 2E )

4 m/s
8. The end A of a ladder AP of length 5 m, kept 1 kg
inclined to a vertical wall is slipping over a
horizontal surface with velocity of 2 m/s, when A is
at a distance of 3m from the wall. Velocity of C.M. (A) The centre of mass of the two balls comes
at this moment is down with acceleration g /3
P (B) The centre of mass first moves up and then
comes down

2m/s (C) The acceleration of the centre of mass is g

O downwards
A (D) The centre of mass of the two balls remains
3m
(A) 1.25 m/s (B) 0 m/s stationary
(C) 1 m/s (D) 2 m/s
12. Figure shows a block P of mass m resting on a
Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each horizontal smooth floor at a distance l from a rigid
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of 3l
wall. Block is pushed toward right by a distant
which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be 2
correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against and released. When block passes from its mean
the question number of that question. +4 marks will position another block of mass m1 is placed on it
be given for each correct answer and no negative which sticks to it due to friction so that the
marks for wrong answer. combined block just collides with the left wall -
9. When a uniform body is in pure rolling on a
P
horizontal surface - k
m
(A) its point of contact slips with respect to the
surface l
(B) its point of contact moves with the speed of the
surface (A) m1 = 5m (B) m1 = 5m
(C) its centre of mass moves along a straight line 8 4
(D) its top most point always move faster than the
3l k
lowest point of contact (C) Velocity of block m at mean position is
2 m
10. The position vector of a particle that is moving in
three dimensions is given by - 3l k
r (D) Velocity of block m at mean position is
r = (1 + 2 cos 2ωt)iˆ + (3sin 2 ωt)ˆj + (3t)kˆ 4 m
in the ground frame. All units are in SI. Choose the
correct statement(s) -

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 55 JUNE 2011

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has
four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I
and five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II.
Any given statement in Column–I can have correct
matching with One or More statement(s) given in
Column II. For example, if for a given question,
statement B matches with the statements given in Q
and R, then for the particular question, against
statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q
and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each
correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row)
and no negative marking for each wrong answer.
13. A uniform disc is acted upon by some forces and it
rolls on a horizontal plank without slipping from
north to south. The plank, in turn lies on a smooth
horizontal surface. Match the following regarding
this situation :
Column –I Column-II
(A) Frictional force on the (P) May be directed
disc by the surface towards north
(B) Velocity of the (Q) May be directed
lowermost point of the towards south
disc
(C) Acceleration of centre (R) May be zero
of mass of the disc
(D) Vertical component of (S) Must be zero
the acceleration of
centre of mass (T) None
14. A smooth ball of mass m moving with a uniform
velocity v0 strikes a smooth uniform rod AB of
equal mass m, lying on a frictionless horizontal
table. The ball strikes the rod at one end A,
perpendicular to the rod, as shown in the figure.
The collision is perfectly elastic. Some physical
quantities pertaining to this situation are given in
Column I while their values are given in Column II,
in a different order. Match the values in Column II
and the quantities in Column I.
A rA
m 0 v
m rB
Kω (S) 3
(D) , Kω → Final kinetic energy of
KT
rotation of the rod, KT → Final
kinetic energy of translation of the
(T) None
rod
This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The
answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit
integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble
corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened
in the OMR. +4 marks will be given for each correct
answer and no negative marking for each wrong
answer.
15. In the shown figure, a particle of mass M strikes
10
the block of mass M with velocity v0 and gets
attached to it. For what velocity v0 (in ms-1), the
block B just able to leave the ground ?
(Given M = 100 gm, K = 880 N/m)
M
10 A
M K
B
2M
16. Two uniform sphere shown in figure rotate
separately on parallel axis. The upper sphere has
angular speed ω0 and lower sphere is at rest. Now
the two sphere are moved together so that their
surfaces touch. After a short time the two spheres
now in contact are rotating without slipping. Find
the final rate of rotation of upper sphere is rad/s
A
B

17. In the figure transversal lines represent

equipotential surface. A particle of mass m is
B released from rest at the origin. A particle of mass
Column –I Column-II 2 g is present in the field. Find the force acting
(A) Final kinetic energy of ball (P) 2 on the mass. (in dyne)
Initial kinetic energy of ball 5 y
(B) Impulse delivered to the rod (Q) 3
Initial momentum of ball 5
(C)
L
, L → Angular momentum of rod (R) 9
Li 25
45º x
about its centre of mass, Li → Initial 10cm 10cm
–30cm 2/s2
angular momentum of the ball about 2 2
2 2–20cm /s
–10cm /s
the centre of mass of the rod

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 56 JUNE 2011

18. A force is acting on a body of mass 1kg placed on 3. The reaction,
a frictionless horizontal table in x direction. Graph 2K2MnO4 + Cl2 → 2KMnO4 + 2KCl
between force and time is given in figure. Initially
block is at rest. The work done by the force is n × is an example of -
10 J find n. (A) Oxidation (B) Reduction
F (C) Redox (D) Chlorination

4. According to modern concept, oxidation is -

10N (A) Electronation
(B) Deelectronation
t (C) Addition of oxygen
1J 2J
(D) Addition of electronegative element
19. A body of mass 1 kg moving with a velocity of
r r
( i − 2 j) m/s collides with another body of mass 5. The equivalent mass of H3BO3 (M = molar mass of
r r
2 kg moving with a velocity of (4 i − 5 j) m/s and H3BO3) in its reaction with NaOH to form
Na2B4O7 is equal to -
sticks to it. Find the speed of both the bodies after (A) M (B) M/2 (C) M/4 (D) M/6
the collision .
20. A frame is being made up of uniform rod of 6. If 30 ml of H2 (g) and 20 ml O2 (g) under identical
lengths l and l/2 as shown in figure. Mass of conditions react to form water, what is left at the
end of the reaction ?
lengths l is m and l/2 is m/2. Find the moment of
inertia about an axis AB. (A) 10 ml H2 (B) 5 ml H2
8 (C)10 ml of O2 (D) 5 ml of O2
where m = kg. and l = 1m.
9
7. Mole fraction of methanol in its aqueous solution
is 0.5. The concentration of solution in terms of
A D
percent by mass of methanol is-
l/2 l/2 (A) 36 (B) 50 (C)
l/2 l/2 64 (D) 72
B E G
l/2 l/2
8. When SO2 is passed through acidified K2Cr2O7
C F H
l/2 solution, Cr2(SO4)3 is formed. The change in
valency of Cr is –
CHEMISTRY (A) + 4 to + 2
(C) + 6 to + 3
(B) + 5 to + 3
(D) + 7 to + 1
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
OMR sheet against the question number of that which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer. the question number of that question. +4 marks will
be given for each correct answer and no negative
1. What is the volume of O2(g) required at STP for
marks for wrong answer.
the oxidation of 1L of SO2(g) at 298K and
1 atm ? 2 SO2(g) + O2(g) → 2 SO3(g) 9. Rate of diffusion is/are independent on which of
(A) equal to 0.5 L (B) greater than 0.5 L the following factors ?
(C) lesser than 0.5 L (D) equal to 1L (A) size of the molecules
(B) attractive interaction forces among the gas
2. Two gaseous samples were analyzed. One molecules
contained 1.2 g of carbon and 3.2 g of oxygen. The (C) molecular mass of the gas
other contained 27.3% carbon and 72.7 % oxygen. (D) temperature of the gas
The experimental data are in accordance with -
(A) Law of conservation of mass 10. : When liquid solidifies, generally there is :
(B) Law of definite proportions (A) decrease in enthalpy
(C) Law of reciprocal proportions (B) decrease in entropy
(C) increase in enthalpy
(D) Law of multiple proportions.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 57 JUNE 2011

 (D) increase in entropy Temperature
11. In an experiment, 50 ml of 0.05M solution of an 14.
oxoacid of phosphorous neutralise exactly 100 ml Column- I Column-II
of solutlion of NaOH containing 2.0 gram per litre
of the base - (A) Process occurs (P) Adiabatic process
(A) The acid can form three types of salt with under constant
NaOH
temperature
(B) The molecular formula of the acid is H3PO3
(C) The acid can act as a reducing agent (B) Process occurs (Q) Isothermal process
(D) The acid has three –OH group under no exchange

12. The graph represent Boyle's law is/are – of heat with the
surroundings
(C) Cyclic integral of (R) Isochoric process
thermodynamic
1
function is zero
V PV
(A) (B) (D) Process occurs (S) Reversible process.
under constant
1 volume condition
P P (T) Irreversible process.

This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The

answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit
V integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble
logP
(C) (D) corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened
in the OMR. +4 marks will be given for each correct
answer and no negative marking for each wrong
logV 1/P answer.
23
15. In a container of volume 1 litre 10 gas molecules
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has 3
are present at the r. m. s. speed equal to 10 m/s.
four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I Determine the total kinetic energies of the gas
and five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II. molecules in kJ in nearest possible integers.
Any given statement in Column–I can have correct 23
Given : NA = 6 × 10 and mass of one molecule
matching with One or More statement(s) given in –22
Column II. For example, if for a given question, = 10 gm
statement B matches with the statements given in Q
and R, then for the particular question, against 16. An ideal gas is taken through the cycle A → B
statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q → C → A as shown in the figure. If net heat
and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each supplied to the gas in the cycle is 5J, the work done
correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row) on the gas in the process C → A is ………J-
and no negative marking for each wrong answer.
C B
13. Column-I Column-II 2
(A) For an ideal gas of (P) Depends on temperature V
definite mass, PV
in m3 1 A
(B) Saturation vapour (Q) Applicable in a closed
Pressure of water container
(C) Rate of effusion (R) Depends on the number 10
of gas molecules P → in N/m2
colliding with the walls
of the container in unit 17. Heat supplied to a carnot engine is 2 × 103 J. If the
time engine work between 300 K to 600 K. The useful
(D) Pressure of an ideal gas (S) Constant at definite work obtained form the carnot engine is ……… KJ
Temperature
(T) Doesn't depend on

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 58 JUNE 2011

18. The number of peroxolinkages present in CrO5 is ...... (A) 10 (B) 100
......……. (C) 1000 (D) None of these
19. Maximum oxidation state of Xe is ……… 7. If z is a complex number lying in the first quadrant
such that Re(z) + Im(z) = 3, then the maximum
20. An aquarium contains 1.1 × 10–2 gram oxygen value of {Re(z)}2 Im(z) is -
dissolved in water. If concentration of oxygen in (A) 1 (B) 2
aquarium is 2.2 ppm, then find out volume of water (C) 3 (D) 4
(in litre) in aquarium -
8. A seven-digit number made up of all distinct digits
8, 7, 6, 4, 2, x and y is divisible by 3. Then possible
number of order pair (x, y) is -
MATHEMATICS (A) 4 (B) 8
(C) 2 (D) None of these
Questions 1 to 8 are multiple choice questions. Each
question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
which ONLY ONE is correct. Mark your response in Questions 9 to 12 are multiple choice questions. Each
OMR sheet against the question number of that question has four choices (A), (B), (C) and (D), out of
question. + 3 marks will be given for each correct which MULTIPLE (ONE OR MORE) may be
answer and – 1 mark for each wrong answer. correct. Mark your response in OMR sheet against
the question number of that question. +4 marks will
1. The number of real value(s) of x satisfying
be given for each correct answer and no negative
(x – 2) [x] = {x} – 1 where [.] denotes greatest marks for wrong answer.
integer function & { } denotes, fractional part 2
function - 9. If range of expression x − 12 is (–∞, a] ∪ [b, ∞)
(A) 2 (B) 3 2x − 7
(C) infinite (D) none and the solution of ax loga b + b loga x = b3 is say
x = c then -
2. Let f (x) = ax4 + bx2 + 4x + 6 & f (–3) = 2286 & (A) (a + b) & c are both prime
f (3) = t then no. of ways in which t can be resolved (B) (a + b) & c are both coprime
as product of two divisors which are relatively (C) a + b + c is a perfect square
prime - (D) none
(A) 32 (B) 16 (C) 8 (D) none
10. A leaf is torn from a Paperback Novel. The sum of
3. t & d (d is a variable) are nth term & common numbers on remaining pages is 15000. Then page
difference of an A.P. If multiplication of (n – 1)th & nos. on torn leaf can be -
(A) 112 (B) 26
(n – 3)th term of A.P. is minimum then t equals -
d (C) 25 (D) 113
5 3
(A) 5 (B) (C) 3 (D) n n
r n 2 − 3n + 3
2 2 11. If ∑ n
Cr
= ∑ 2.n Cr
, then-
4. Value(s) of x for which r =0 r =0

log1/5 (2x + 5) + log5 (16 – x2) ≤ 1 belongs to - (A) n = 1 (B) n = 2

(C) n = 3 (D) None of these
 −5 
(A)  , 1 (B) [–1, 4)
 2 
12. (102n – 1) is divisible by, (n ∈N)
 −5  (A) 13 (B) 33
(C) (–1, 4) (D)  , 1
 2  (C) 11 (D) None
5. Let
A = {n: n is a multiple of 7 and n ≤ 200 and n ∈ N} This section contains 2 questions. Each question has
B = {n:n is a multiple of 11 and n ≤ 300 & n ∈ N} four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column-I
Then number of ordered pairs (a, b) such that and five statements (P, Q, R, S and T) in Column-II.
a ∈ A, b ∈ B, but neither A nor B belong to A ∩ B are Any given statement in Column–I can have correct
(A) 650 (B) 756 (C) 624 (D) 752 matching with One or More statement(s) given in
Column II. For example, if for a given question,
n
(log e 10) n statement B matches with the statements given in Q
6. If an = ∑ k!(n − k )! for n ≥ 0, then
k =0
and R, then for the particular question, against
statement B, darken the bubbles corresponding to Q
a0 + a1 + a2 + a3 …………infinite equals to and R in the OMR. +8 marks will be given for each

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 59 JUNE 2011

correct answer (i.e. +2 marks for each correct row) = a + bx + cy where a, b, c are positive integers,
and no negative marking for each wrong answer. then a + b – c equals.
13. Match the column - 19. Let n = 2011 then least positive integral value of k such
Column-I Column-II that k(n2) (n2 – 12) (n2 – 22) ... (n2 – (n – 1)2) = r ! for
(A) If exactly one root of (P) 0 some positive integer r.
(a2 – 4a + 3) x2 + (a2 – 5a + 6) x + a + 5 = 0
lies at infinity then possible 1 1 1
20. Value of + +
integral values of a will be 1+ 2 + 3 1– 2 + 3 1+ 2 − 3
(B) Smallest value of natural (Q) 1 1
no. n so that + is.
1− 2 − 3
(2 – n) x2 – 8x – 4 – n < 0 ∀ x ∈ R
is
(C) No. of solution of | x – 2 | = [– π] (R) 5
is ([ . ] denotes greatest integer)
(D) No. of values of k so that (S) 3 Elements – Named After People
equation (k – 3) (k2 – 4) (k + 1) x2
– (k3 – 5k2 + 6k) x +k2 – 9 = 0
has more than two distinct roots are (T) 4

14. Column-I Column-II

(A) Maximum value of n for which (P) 7
n +15 n

∑ ∑  n + 2  is (n ∈ N)
1
1>
1 1
There are 13 elements named after people, although
(B) Positive integral value of n so (Q) 17 only 12 of the names are formally accepted by the
that International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry
1.21 + 2.22 + 3.23 ... + n.2n = 2 + 2n+5 (IUPAC)
is
(C) No. of positive integral ordered (R) 8 1. Bohrium (Bh, 107) – Niels Bohr
pair of (a, b) such that 6, a, b
are in Harmonic progression is 2. Curium (Cm, 96) – Pierre and Marie Curie
(D) If x, y, z are positive real no. (S) 5
12 − yz 3. Einsteinium (Es, 99) – Albert Einstein
&x= then maximum
y+z
4. Fermium (Fm, 100) – Enrico Fermi
value of xyz will be (T) 9
5. Gallium (Ga, 31) –named after Gallia (Latin
This section contains 6 questions (Q.15 to 20). The for France) and its discoverer, Lecoq de
answer to each of the questions is a Single-digit Boisbaudran (le coq, the French word for
integer, ranging from 0 to 9. The bubble 'rooster' translates to gallus in Latin)
corresponding to the correct answer is to be darkened
in the OMR. +4 marks will be given for each correct 6. Hahnium (105) – Otto Hahn (Dubnium, named
answer and no negative marking for each wrong for Dubna in Russia, is the IUPAC-accepted
answer. name for element 105)
15. If positive no. x, y, z are in A.P. then minimum 7. Lawrencium (Lr, 103) – Ernest Lawrence
x+y y+z
value of + is. 8. Meitnerium (Mt, 109) – Lise Meitner
2y − x 2y − z
16. The number of positive integral values of n for 9. Mendelevium (Md, 101) – Dmitri Mendeleev
which n! ends with exactly 25 zeroes is.
10. Nobelium (No, 102) – Alfred Nobel
17. The equation x3 + 5x2 + px + q = 0 and
x3 + 7x2 + px + r = 0 have two roots in common. If 11. Roentgenium (Rg, 111) –Wilhelm Roentgen
third root of each equation is given as α & β (formerly Ununumium)
respectively then no. of ordered pair (α, β) is.
12. Rutherfordium (Rf, 104) – Ernest Rutherford
18. If log 2 = x and log 3 = y, then
[log 1 + log (1 + 3) + log (1 + 3 + 5) + 13. Seaborgium (Sg, 106) – Glenn T
log (1 + 3 + 5 ... + 19)] –2 [log 1 + log 2 ... + log7]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 60 JUNE 2011

 AIEEE PAPER 2011
(PAPER & SOLUTION) DATE : 01-05-2011
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 360
Instructions :
• There are three parts in question paper A, B, C consisting of chemistry, Physics & Mathematics having
30 questions in each part of equal weightage. Each question is allotted four marks for each correct response.
• 1/4 (one fourth) marks will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. No deduction from the
total score will be made if no response is indicated for an item in the answer sheet.

(1) 2-Bromophenol (2) 3-Bromophenol

Part (A) : CHEMISTRY (3) 4-Bromophenol (4) 2, 4, 6-Tribomophenol
Ans. [4]
1. The presence or absence of hydroxy group on
which carbon atom of sugar differentiates RNA and Sol. KBr + KBrO3 → Br2 (in Solution)
OH
DNA ? Br
OH
Br
(1) 1st (2) 2nd Br2
er in Solution
(3) 3 (4) 4th
Ans. [2] Br

Sol. 5. A 5.2 molal aqueous solution of methyl alcohol,

CH3OH, is supplied. What is the mole fraction of
OH OH
methyl alcohol in the solution ?
CH3 H CH3 H
5 5 (1) 0.100 (2) 0.190
4 1 4 1 (3) 0.086 (4) 0.050
H H H H
OH
OH
OH
OH Ans. [3]
3 2 3 2 Sol. 5.2 molal CH3OH
OH OH OH H CH3OH H2O
Ribose in RNA Deoxyribose in DNA 5.2 mole 1000 gm
2. Among the following the maximum covalent 5.2
XCH3OH =
character is shown by the compound : 1000
+ 5.2
(1) Fe Cl2 (2) SnCl2 18
(3) AlCl3 (4) MgCl2 = 0.085667 ≈ 0.086
Ans. [3]
Sol. Due to larger +ve charge on Al In Al+3 it will 6. The hybridisation of orbitals of N atom in
polarize more Cl– NO 3− , NO +2 and NH +4 are respectively :

3. Which of the following statements is wrong? (1) sp, sp2, sp3 (2) sp2, sp, sp3
(1) The stability of hydrides increases from NH3 to (3) sp, sp3, sp2 (4) sp2, sp3, sp
BiH3 in group 15 of the periodic table.
Ans. [2]
(2) Nitrogen cannot from dπ – pπ bond. 7. Ethylene glycol is used as an antifreeze in a cold
(3) Single N - N bond is weaker than the single P - climate. Mass of ethylene glycol which should be
P bond. added to 4 kg of water to prevent it from freezing at
(4) N2O4 has two resonance structures –6º C will be : (Kf for water = 1.86 K kg mol–1, and
Ans. [1] molar mass of ethylene glycol = 62 g mol–1)
(1) 804.32 g (2) 204.30 g
4. Phenol is heated with a solution of mixture of KBr (3) 400.00 g (4) 304.60 g
and KBrO3. The major product obtained in the Ans. [1]
above reaction is :

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 61 JUNE 2011

Sol. ∆ Tf = i Kf m 1 1 1
Sol. = +
x λ λ1 λ 2
6 = (1) (1.86)
62 × 4 1 1 1
= +
355 680 λ 2
6 × 62 × 4 24 × 62 λ 2 = 742.769 ≈ 743mm
x= = = 800 gm
1.86 1.86 13. Which of the following statements regarding
sulphur is incorrect ?
8. The reduction potential of hydrogen half-cell will (1) S2 molecule is paramagnetic
be negative if : (2) The vapour at 200º C consists mostly
(1) P(H2) = 1atm and [H+] = 2.0 M (3) At 600º C the gas mainly consists of S2
(2) p(H2) = 1 atm and [H+] = 1.0 M molecules
(3) p(H2) = 2 atm and [H+] = 1.0 M (4) The oxidation state of sulphur is is never less
than +4 in its compounds.
(4) p(H2) = 2 atm and [H+] = 2.0 M Ans. [4]
Ans. [3]
14. The entrophy change involved in the isothermal
Sol. 2H+ + 2e → H2 reversible expansion of 2 moles of an ideal gas
0.06 [H + ]2 from a volume of 10 dm3 to a volume of 100 dm3 at
ER = EºR + log 27º C is :
2 p H2 (1) 38.3 J mol–2 K–1 (2) 35.8 J mol–1 K–1
–1 –1
PH 2 = 2atm, [H+] =1 M (3) 32.3 J mol K (4) 42.3 J mol–1 K–1
Ans. [1]
9. Which of the following reagents may be used to v2
distinguish between phenol and benzoic acid ? Sol. ∆S = 2.303 n R log
(1) Aqueous NaOH (2) Tollen's reagent v1
(3) Molisch reagent (4) Neutral FeCl3 = 2.303 × 2 × 8.314 × 1
Ans. [4] ≈ 38.3 J mole–1 k–1
Sol. Phenol   → Violet Coloured Complex
3 FeCl ( Neutral )
15. Which of the following facts about the complex
[Cr(NH3)6] Cl3 is wrong ?
10. Trichloroacetaldehyde was subjected to (1) The complex involves d2 sp3 hybridisation and
Cannizzaro's reaction by using NaOH. The mixture is octahedral in shape.
of the products contains sodium trichloroactate and (2) The complex is paramagnetic
another compound. The other compound is : (3) The complex is an outer robital complex
(1) 2, 2, 2-Trichloroethanol (4) The complex gives white precipitate with silver
(2) Trichloromethanol nitrate solution.
(3) 2, 2,2-Trichloropropanol Ans. [3]
(4) Chloroform
Ans. [1] 16. The structure of IF7 is :
(1) square pyramid (2) trigonal bipyramid
Sol. CCl3 CHO →
NaOH
(3) octahedral (4) pentagonal bipyramid
CCl3 COONa + CCl3 CH2OH Ans. [4]
11. Which one of the following orders presents the 17. The rate of a chemical reaction doubles for every
correct sequence of the increasing basic nature of 10º C rise of temperature. If the temperature is
the given oxides ? raised by 50º C, the rate of the reaction increase by
(1) Al2O3 < MgO < Na2O < K2O about :
(2) MgO < K2O < Al2O3 < Na2O (1) 10 times (2) 24 times
(3) Na2O < K2O < MgO < Al2O3 (3) 32 times (4) 64 times
(4) K2O < Na2O < Al2O3 < MgO Ans. [3]
Ans. [1] ∆T

Sol. K2 = K1 (µ)
10
12. A gas absorbs a photos of 355 nm and emits at two ∆T
wavelengths. If one of the emissions is at 680 nm,
r2 = r1 (µ)
10
the other is at:
50
(1) 1035 nm (2) 325 nm r2
(3) 743 nm (4) 518 nm = (2) 10
r1
Ans. [3]
= 32

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 62 JUNE 2011

18. The strongest acid amongst the following 22. 'a' and 'b' are van der Waals' constants for gases.
compounds is Chlorine is more easily liquefied than ethane
(1) CH3 COOH because:
(2) HCOOH (1) a and b for Cl2 > a and b for C2H6
(3) CH3CH2CH(Cl)CO2H (2) and b for Cl2 < a and b for C2H6
(4) ClCH2 CH2CH2COOH (3) a for Cl2 < a for C2H6 but b for Cl2 > b for C2H6
Ans. [3] (4) a for Cl2 > a for C2H6 but b for Cl2 < b for C2H6
Sol. PKa Value of HCOOH is 3.74 while PKa value of Ans. [4]
CH3CH2CH(Cl)COOH is 2.86 a
Sol. Liquefaction ∝ TC ∝
1 b
and Acidic strength ∝
PKa 23. The magnetic moment (spin only) of [NiCl4]2– is:
19. Identify the compound that exhibits tautomerism. (1) 1.82 BM (2) 5.46 BM
(1) 2- Butene (2) Lactic acid (3) 2.82 BM (4) 1.41 BM
(3) 2-Pentanone (4) Phenol Ans. [3]
Ans. [3] 24. In a face centred cubic lattice, atom A occupies the
Sol. corner positions and atom B occupies the face
O OH
centre positions. If one atom of B is missing from
CH3 CH2 CH2 C CH3 CH3 CH2 CH2 C CH2 one of the face centred points, the formula of the
compound is:
20. A vessel at 1000 K contains CO2 with a pressure of
(1) A2B (2) AB2
0.5 atm. Some of the CO2 is converted into CO on
the addition of graphic. If the total pressure at (3) A2B3 (4) A2B5
equilibrium is 0.8 atm, the value of K is : Ans. [4]
(1) 1.8 atm (2) 3 atm Sol. A B
(3) 0.3 atm (4) 0.18 atm 1 1
Ans. [1] 8× 5×
8 2
Sol. C + CO2 2CO 2 5
(s) (g) (g) A2 B5
P1 O
25. The outer electron configuration of Gd (Atomic N :
P1 – P2 2p2 64) is :
P1 = 0.5 (1) af3 5d5 6s2 (2) 4f8 5d0 6s2
P1 + P2 = 0.8 4 4
(3) 4f 5d 6s 2
(4) 4f7 5d1 6s2
P2 = 0.3 Ans. [4]
2
PCO
Kp = = 1.8 26. Boron cannot form which one of the following
PCO anions ?
2

(1) BF63− (2) BH −4

21. In context of the lanthanoids, which of the
following statements is not correct ? (3) B(OH ) −4 (4) BO −2
(1) There is gradual decrease in the radii of the Ans. [1]
members with increasing atomic number in the
27. Ozonolysis of an organic compounds gives
series
formaldehyde as one of the products. This confirms
(2) All the members exhibit +3 oxidation state. the presence of :
(3) Because of similar properties the separation of (1) two ethylenic double bonds
lanthanoids is not easy. (2) v vinyl group
(4) Availability of 4f electrons results in the (3) an isopropyl group
formation of compounds in +4 state for all the
(4) an acetylenic triple bond
members of the series.
Ans. [2]
Ans. [4]
( i ) O ( ii ) H O +Zn
Sol. R – C = CH2  
3
2 
→ HCHO

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 63 JUNE 2011

28. Sodium ethoxide has reacted with ethanoyl Ans. [3 ]
chloride. The compound that is produced in the Sol. half life T = 20 min
above reaction is :
N
(1) Diethyl ether (2) 2-Butanone Q = e−λt
N0
(3) Ethyl chloride (4) Ethyl ethanoate
Ans. [4] 1
We have at t = t1, 1 − = −eλt1 ….(i)
Sol. CH3 COCl + CH3 CH2 ONa → CH3COO C2H5 3
2
29. The degree of dissociation (α) of a weak at t = t2, 1 − = e−λt 2 ….(ii)
3
electrolyte, AxBy is related to van't Hoff factor (i)
by the expression : dividing (i) / (ii) we get 2 = eλ (t 2 − t1 )
i −1 ⇒ log e 2 = λ(t 2 − t1 )
(1) α =
( x + y − 1)
log e 2
i −1 ⇒ (t 2 − t1 ) = = T = 20 min
(2) α = λ
x + y +1
33. A mass M, attached to a horizontal spring, executes
x + y −1
(3) α = S.H.M. with amplitude A1. When the mass M
i −1 passes through its mean position then a smaller
x + y +1 mass m is placed over it and both of them move
(4) α =
i −1 A 
together with amplitude A2. The ratio of  1  is :
Ans. [1]  A2 
Sol. Ax By x A+y + y B–x
M M+m
i −1 i −1 (1) (2)
α= = M+m M
n − 1 ( x + y − 1) 1/ 2 1/ 2
 M  M+m
30. Silver Mirror test is given by which one of the (3)   (4)  
M+m  M 
following compounds ?
Ans. [4]
(1) Acetaldehyde (2) Acetone
Sol. By momentum conservation
(3) Formaldehyde (4) Benzophenone
Mv = (M + m)v′
Ans. [1, 3]
Sol. Aldehyde gives silver mirror test. MA1ω1 = (M + m)A2ω2
k k
MA1 = (M + m) A2
M M+m
Part (B) : PHYSICS A1 M+m
⇒ =
31. 100 g of water is heated from 30° C to 50°C. A2 M
Ignoring the slight expansion of the water, the
change in its internal energy is (specific heat of 34. Energy required for the electron excitation in Li++
water is 4184 J/kg/K) : from the first to the third Bohr orbit is :
(1) 4.2 kJ (2) 8.4 kJ (1) 12.1 eV (2) 36.3 eV
(3) 84 kJ (4) 2.1 kJ (3) 108.8 eV (4) 122.4 eV
Ans. [2] Ans. [3]
Sol. ∆U = M × s × ∆θ = 0.1× 4184 × 20 = 8368 = 8.4 kJ Sol. For Li++ , Z = 3
Energy needed
32. The half life of a radioactive substance is 20
 Z2 Z2 
minutes. The approximate time interval (t2 – t1) = (–13.6 eV)  2 − 2  = 108.8eV
2  (3) (1) 
between the time t2 when of it has decayed an
3
1 35. The transverse displacement y(x, t) of a wave on a
time t1 when of it had decayed is : string is given by
3 2
+ bt 2 + 2 ab xt )
y(x, t) = e − (a x
(1) 7 min (2) 14 min
This represents a :
(3) 20 min (4) 28 min

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 64 JUNE 2011

 a µ0 I π µI
B = ∫ dBsin θ =
2π2 R ∫0
(1) wave moving in +x direction with speed ∴ sin θdθ = 20
b πR
b 38. A Carnot engine operating between temperatures
(2) wave moving in –x direction with speed
a 1
T1 and T2 has efficiency . When T2 is lowered by
(3) standing wave of frequency b 6
1 1
(4) standing wave of frequency 62 K; its efficiency increases to . Then T1 and T2
b 3
Ans. [2] are respectively:
2
+ bt 2 + 2 ab xt ) a x + b t)2 (1) 372 K and 310 K (2) 372 K and 330 K
Sol. y(x, t) = e − (a x = e−(
(3) 330 K and 268 K (4) 310 K and 248 K
Comparing with y(x, t) = f (kx + ωt) Ans. [1]
We get k = a , ω = b and the wave is travelling TLower
Sol. η = 1 −
ω b b THigher
in –x direction with wave speed v = = =
k a a T2 1
1− =
36. A resistor ‘R’ and 2µF capacitor in series is T1 6
connected through a switch to 200 V direct supply. T2 5
Across the capacitor is a neon bulb that lights up at = ….(i)
T1 6
120 V. Calculate the value of R to make the bulb
light up 5s after the switch has been closed. (log10 (T2 − 62) 1
2.5 = 0.4) Given 1 − = ….(ii)
T2 3
(1) 1.3 × 104 Ω (2) 1.7 × 105 Ω
(3) 2.7 × 10 Ω6
(4) 3.3 × 107 Ω Solving (i) & (ii), we get
Ans. [3] T1 = 372 K
Sol. Vc = E 0 (1 − e − t / τ ) and T2 = 310 K
Where τ = RC 39. An object, moving with a speed of 6.25 m/s, is
Putting Vc = 120V, E 0 = 200V decelerated at a rate given by :
We get t = loge (5/2)×τ = 2.303 log10 (5/2) RC dv
= −2.5 v
⇒ R = 2.7 × 106 Ω dt
37. A current I flows in an infinitely long wire with where v is the instantaneous speed. The time taken
cross section in the form of a semi-circular ring of by the object, to come to rest, would be :
radius R. The magnitude of the magnetic induction (1) 1 s (2) 2 s
along its axis is : (3) 4 s (4) 8 s
µI µ0 I Ans. [2]
(1) 20 (2)
πR 2π 2 R dv
Sol. = −2.5 v
µ0 I µ0 I dt
(3) (4)
2πR 4πR 0
5
t

∫v 2 ∫0
−1/ 2
Ans. [1] dv = − dt
Sol. Figure shows cross-section in the form of a semi- 25
4
circular ring of radius R.
The current along Rdθ portion (assuming 0 5
2  v1/ 2  25 = − × t
perpendicularly inward) is 4 2
I  5 5
dI = × Rdθ 2 0 −  = − × t
πR  2 2
µ 0 dI µ Idθ t = 2 sec.
∴ dB = = 0 ×
2πR 2πR π 40. The electrostatic potential inside a charged
R O spherical ball is given by φ = a r2 + b where r is the
θ distance from the centre; a, b are constants. Then
dθ θ dB
the charge density inside the ball is :
(1) – 24π aε0r (2) – 6 aε0r
Rdθ (3) – 24π aε0 (4) –6 aε0

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 65 JUNE 2011

Ans. [4] (T1 + T2 + T3 )
2 (1)
Sol. Given φ = a r + b 3
kQ n1T1 + n 2 T2 + n 3 T3
comparing with V = 3
(3R 2 − r 2 ) (2)
2R n1 + n 2 + n 3
The above comparison suggest that density should
n1T12 + n 2 T22 + n 3 T32
be uniform. (3)
n1T1 + n 2 T2 + n 3 T3
dϕ
Now E = − = −2ar
dr n12 T12 + n 22 T22 + n 32 T32
(4)
ρr n1T1 + n 2 T2 + n 3 T3
Comparing with E =
3 ∈0 Ans. [2]
ρr Sol. By energy conservation
We get = −2ar P1V1 + P2V2 + P3V3 = PfVf
3 ∈0
n1 R T1 + n2 R T2 + n3 R T3 = (n1 + n2 + n3) R Tf
⇒ ρ = −6a ∈0
 n T + n 2 T2 + n 3 T3 
Tf =  1 1 
41. A car is fitted with a convex side-view mirror of  n1 + n 2 + n 3 
focal length 20 cm. A second car 2.8 m behind the
first car is overtaking the first car at a relative speed
of 15 m/s. The speed of the image of the second car 44. Two identical charged spheres suspended from a
as seen in the mirror of the first one is : common point by two massless strings of length l
are initially a distance d(d <<1) apart because of
1 1
(1) m/s (2) m/s their mutual repulsion. The charge begins to leak
10 15 from both the spheres at a constant rate. As a result
(3) 10 m / s (4) 15 m / s the charges approach each other with a velocity v.
Ans. [2] Then as a function of distance x between them,
1 1 1 (1) v ∝ x −1/ 2 (2) v ∝ x −1
Sol. + =
v u f (3) v ∝ x1/ 2 (4) v ∝ x
u = −2.8 m Ans. [1]
f = +0.2 m Fe d/2
Sol. We get tan θ = sin θ =
v 0.2 mg l
We get =
u 3
kq 2
2 ∴ Fe =
v d2
v IM = −   × vOM
u Q θ is small
2
 .2  ∴ tan θ = sin θ
=   × 15
3 On solving we get
1 kq 2 (2l )
= m/s dq =
15 mg
42. If a wire is stretched to make it 0.1% longer, its ⇒ q ∝ d 3/ 2
resistance will :
(1) increase by 0.05% (2) increase by 0.2% dq 3 d(d)
⇒ ∝ d
(3) decrease by 0.2% (4) decrease by 0.05% dt 2 dt
Ans. [2]
Sol. R ∝ l 2 l θ θ l
43. Three perfect gases at absolute temperatures T1,T2
and T3 are mixed. The masses of molecules are m1,
q,m q,m
m2 and m3 and the number of molecules are n1, n2 Fe d Fe
and n3 respectively. Assuming no loss of energy,
the final temperature of the mixture is :
mg mg

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 66 JUNE 2011

 dq x r–x
Given is constant Sol. m m
dt r
1  d(d)  Gm G × 4m
⇒ ∝ v Q v =  =
d  dt  x2 (r − x) 2
∴ v ∝ d −1/ 2 r
x=
3
45. Work done in increasing the size of a soap bubble
from a radius of 3 cm to 5 cm is nearly (surface −Gm G4m
V= −
tension of soap solution = 0.03 Nm–1) : r  r
 r− 
(1) 4π mJ (2) 0.2 π mJ 3  3
(3) 2 π mJ (4) 0.4 π mJ 9Gm
V=−
Ans. [4] r
Sol. W = T∆A 48. A thin horizontal circular disc is rotating about a
vertical axis passing through its centre. An insect is
= T2  4π ( r22 − r12 )  at rest at a point near the rim of the disc. The insect
now moves along a diameter of the disc to reach its
= 0.4 π mJ other end. During the journey of the insect, the
46. A fully charged capacitor C with initial charge q0 is angular speed of the disc:
connected to a coil of self inductance L at t = 0. (1) remains unchanged
The time at which the energy is stored equally (2) continuously decreases
between the electric and magnetic fields is :
(3) continuously increases
π (4) first increases and then decreases
(1) π LC (2) LC
4 Ans. [4]
(3) 2π LC (4) LC Sol. Applying the law of conservation of angular
Ans. [2] momentum, L = Iω = constant.
q 02 As the insect moves from the rim to the center, I
Sol. Initial energy U E = at time t = 0 decreases, ω increases. Further on onward journey
2C
from center to rim, I increases ω decreases.
At the required time t = t
UE 49. Let the x – z plane be the boundary between two
U 'E =
2 transparent media. Medium 1 in z > 0 has a
q0 refractive index of 2 and medium 2 with z < 0
q=
∴ 2 …(i) has a refractive index of 3 . A ray of light in
Here q = q0 cos ωt …(ii) medium 1 given by the vector
r
ˆ ˆ ˆ
A = 6 3 i + 8 3 j − 10k is incident on the plane of
π π
From (i) and (ii) t = = × LC separation. The angle of refraction in medium 2 is :
4ω 4
(1) 30° (2) 45°
 1 
ω =  (3) 60° (4) 75°
 LC 
Ans. [2]

47. Two bodies of masses m and 4m are placed at a

distance r. The gravitational potential at a point on 50 Two particles are executing simple harmonic
the line joining them where the gravitational field is motion of the same amplitude A and frequency ω
zero is : along the x-axis. Their mean position is separated
by distance X0(X0 > A). If the maximum separation
4Gm between them is (X0 + A), the phase difference
(1) Zero (2) −
r between their motion is :
6Gm 9Gm π π π π
(3) − (4) − (1) (2) (3) (4)
r r 2 3 4 6
Ans. [4] Ans. [2]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 67 JUNE 2011

Sol. x1 = A sin ωt 1 nR∆T
× mv 2 =
x2 = X0 + A sin (ωt + φ) 2 γ −1
x2 – x1 = X0 + A[sin (ωt + φ) – sin ωt] 1 mR∆T
× mv 2 =
= X0 + 2A sin φ/2 × cos (ωt + φ/2) 2 M( γ − 1)
We can see that x2 – x1, will change Mv 2 ( γ − 1)
∆T =
its value from X0 – 2Asin φ/2, to 2R
X0 + 2A sin(φ/2) 53. A screw gauge gives the following reading when
used to measure the diameter of a wire.
∴ comparing X0 + 2 A sin (φ/2) with X0 + A we
get φ = φ/3 Main scale reading : 0 mm.
Circular scale reading : 52 divisions
51. Direction : Given that 1 mm on main scale corresponds to 100
The question has a paragraph followed by two divisions of the circular scale.
statements, Statement-1 and Statement-2. Of the The diameter of wire from the above data is :
given four alternatives after the statements, choose (1) 0.52 cm (2) 0.052 cm
the one that describes the statements. (3) 0.026 cm (4) 0.005 cm
A thin air film is formed by putting the convex Ans. [2]
surface of a plane-convex lens over a plane glass Sol. Main scale reading = 0.00
plate. With monochromatic light, this film gives an
interference pattern due to light reflected from the 1
Circular scale reading = 52 × mm = 0.52 mm
top (Convex) surface and the bottom (glass plate) 100
surface of the film. ∴ Diameter of wire = 0.00 + 0.52 = 0.52 mm
Statement – 1 : = 0.052 cm
When light reflects from the air-glass plate 54. A boat is moving due east in a region where the
interface, the reflected wave surfers a phase change earth’s magnetic field is 5.0 × 10–5 NA–1 m–1 due
of π. north and horizontal. The boat carries a vertical
Statement – 2 : aerial 2m long. If the speed of the boat is 1.50 ms–1,
the magnitude of the induced emf in the wire of
The centre of the interference pattern is dark.
aerial is :
(1) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is false (1) 1 mV (2) 0.75 mV
(2) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is true and (3) 0.50 mV (4) 0.15 mV
Statement -2 is the correct explanation of
Ans. [4]
Statement -1.
Sol. E = Bvl
(3) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is true and
Statement – 2 is not the correct explanation of = 5 × 10–5 × 1.50 × 2
Statement – 1. = 15 × 10–5
(4) Statement -1 is false, Statement -2 is true. = 1.5 × 10–4
Ans. [3 ] = 0.15 mV
55. This question has Statement-1 and Statement-2. Of
52. The thermally insulated vessel contains an ideal gas
the four choices given after the statements, choose
of molecular mass M and ratio of specific heat γ. It
the one that best describes the two statements.
is moving with speed v and is suddenly brought to
rest. Assuming no heat is lost to the surroundings, Statement-1 :
its temperature increases by : Sky wave signals are used for long distance radio
( γ − 1) ( γ − 1) communication. These signals are in general, less
(1) Mv 2 K (2) Mv 2 K stable than ground wave signals.
2( γ + 1)R 2 γR
Statement -2 :
γMv 2 ( γ − 1) The state of ionosphere varies from hour to hour,
(3) K (4) Mv 2 K
2R 2R day to day and season to season.
Ans. [4] (1) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is false
Sol. ∆Q = 0 (adiabatic process) (2) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is true and
Statement -2 is the correct explanation of
By energy conservation Statement -1.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 68 JUNE 2011

 (3) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is true and Statement -2 :
Statement – 2 is not the correct explanation of The maximum kinetic energy and the stopping
Statement – 1. potential of photoelectrons emitted from a surface
(4) Statement -1 is false, Statement -2 is true. are linearly dependent on the frequency of incident
Ans. [ 4] light.
(1) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is false
56. A mass m hangs with the help of a string wrapped
around a pulley on a frictionless bearing. The (2) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is true and
pulley has mass m and radius R. Assuming pulley Statement -2 is the correct explanation for
to be a perfect uniform circular disc, the Statement -1.
acceleration of the mass m, if the string does not (3) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is true and
slip on the pulley, is : Statement -2 is the correct explanation of
Statement -1.
3 2 g
(1) g (2) g (3) g (4) (4) Statement -1 is false, Statement -2 is true.
2 3 3
Ans. [4]
Ans. [3]
Sol. K max = eV0
m
also K max = hν − ϕ0
Sol.
T when frequency is doubled, Kmax will be more than
double
T
59. A pulley of radius 2m is rotated about its axis by a
m force F = (20t – 5t2) newton (where t is measured in
T× R = I× α seconds) applied tangentially. If the moment of
inertia of the pulley about its axis of rotation is
1 a 10 kg m2, the number of rotations made by the
T × R = mR 2 × ….(i)
2 R pulley before its direction of motion if reversed, is :
mg − T = m a …(ii) (1) less than 3
2g (2) more than 3 but less than 6
a=
3 (3) more than 6 but less than 9
57. A water fountain on the ground sprinkles water all (4) more than 9
around it. If the speed of water coming out of the Ans. [2]
fountain is v, the total area around the fountain that Sol. Given tangential force, F = (20t – 5t2)
gets wet is : F×R=I×α
v2 v4 (20t – 5t2) × 2 = 10 × α
(1) π (2) π 2
g g α = 4t – t2
π v4 v2 dω
(3) (4) π = 4t – t2
2 g2 g2 dt
Ans. [2]
∫ dω = ∫ (4t − t
2
)dt
Sol. Area = πr2
t3
v2 ω = 2t 2 − ….(i)
Where r = maximum range = 3
g
when direction of motion is reversed, then
πv 4 ω = 0.
∴ Area =
g2 ⇒ t = 6 sec
58. This question has Statement-1 and Statement-2. Of dθ t3
the four choices given after the statements, choose From (i) = 2t 2 −
the one that best describes the two statements. dt 3
θ
Statement – 1 :
6
 2 t3 
A metallic surface is irradiated by a monochromatic ∫0 dθ = ∫0  2t − 3  dt
light of frequency ν > ν0 (the threshold frequency).
The maximum kinetic energy and the stopping ⇒ θ = 36
potential are Kmax and V0 respectively. If the θ 36
∴ Number of rotation = = = 5.73
frequency incident on the surface is doubled, both 2π 2π
the Kmax and V0 are also doubled.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 69 JUNE 2011

60. Water is flowing continuously from a tap having an Sol. Put x = tan θ
internal diameter 8 × 10–3 m. The water velocity as
it leaves the tap is 0.4 ms–1. The diameter of the dx = sec 2 θ dθ
water stream at a distance 2 × 10–1 m below the tap Put x = tan θ
is close to : π/4
8 log(1 + tan θ)
(1) 5.0 × 10–3 m
(3) 9.6 × 10 m–3
(2) 7.5 × 10–3 m
(4) 3.6 × 10–3 m
I= ∫
0
1 + tan 2 θ
sec 2 θ dθ

Ans.[4] π/4

Sol. a1 =
πd12
, v1 = 0.4 ms −1
= ∫ 8 log(1 + tan θ) dθ
0
4
π/4
πd 2
a 2 = 2 , v 2 = 2gh = 2 × 10 × 2 × 10−1 = 2ms −1
4
∫
= 8 log(1 + tan θ) dθ
0
According to equation of continuity π
a1v1 = a2v2 = 8 log 2
8
⇒ d2 = 3.6 × 10–3 m π/4
as ∫ log(1 + tan θ)dθ
0
Part (C) : MATHEMATICS = π log 2

d2x
61. Let α, β be real and z be a complex number. If 63. equals :
2 dy 2
z + αz + β = 0 has two distinct roots on the line
−1 −1
Re z = 1, then it is necessary that :  d2y   d 2 y   dy  −3
(1)  2  (2) −  2   
(1) β ∈ (0,1) (2) β ∈ (−1, 0)  dx   dx   dx 
(3) | β |= 1 (4) β ∈ (1, ∞)  d 2 y   dy  −2  d 2 y   dy  −3
Ans.[4] (3)  2    (4) −  2   
 dx   dx   dx   dx 
Sol. Given Re (z) = 1 If z = x + iy
Ans. [4]
⇒ x=1
dx 1
Let z1 = 1 + ib1 Sol. =
dy dy
& z2 = 1 + ib2
dx
then −1 −1
d  dx  d  dy  d  dy  dx
2
z + αz + β = 0  =   =   .
dy  dy  dy  dx  dx  dx  dy
z1 + z2 = – α
−2 −1
⇒ 2 + i (b1 + b2) = – α . Purely real.  dy  d 2 y  dy 
= −   
⇒ b1 + b2 = 0  dx  dx 2  dx 
−3
Also ⇒ α = –2 d 2 y  dy 
=−  
∆ ≡ α 2 − 4β < 0 dx 2  dx 
4 − 4β < 0 64. Let I be the purchase value of an equipment and
4β > 4 V(t) be the value after it has been used for t years.
The value V(t) depreciates at a rate given by
β >1 dV( t )
differential equation = −k (T − t ) , where k >
1
dt
8 log(1 + x ) 0 is a constant and T is the total life in years of the
62. The value of ∫
0
1+ x2
dx is
equipment. Then the scrap value V(T) of the
equipment is :
π
(1) π log 2 (2) log 2 I kT 2
8 (1) T 2 − (2) I −
k 2
π
(3) log 2 (4) log 2 k (T − t ) 2
2 (3) I − (4) e–kT
2
Ans. [1]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 70 JUNE 2011

Ans. [2] 67. The area of the region enclosed by the curves y = x,
dv x = e, y = 1/x and the positive x-axis is :
Sol. = − k (T − t ) (1) 1/2 square units (2) 1 square units
dt
(3) 3/2 square units (4) 5/2 square units
∫
dv = − k (T − t )dt
Ans. [3]
kt 2
V = −kTt + + c when t = 0
2
V=I y
Sol.
I=c (e, e)
kT 2
V( t ) = kTt + +I
2
kT 2
V(T ) = kT 2 + +I
2
kT 2
V (T ) = I −
2 1 e 1
1 x2 
∫ xdx + ∫ dx =   + [log x ]1e
65. The coefficient of x7 in the expansion of x  2  0
0 1
(1 – x – x2 + x3)6 is :
1 1 3
(1) 144 (2) –132 = + log e = + 1 =
2 2 2
(3) –144 (4) 132
Ans. [3] 68. The lines L1 : y – x = 0 and L2 : 2x + y = 0 intersect
Sol. (1 – x – x2 + x3)6 the line L3 : y + 2 = 0 at P and Q respectively. The
(1 – x2)6 (1 – x)6 bisector of the acute angle between L1 and L2
= [1 – 6x2 + 15x4 – 20x6] [1 – 6x + 15x2 – 20x3 intersects L3 at R.
+ 15x4 – 6x5 + x6] Statement -1:
= (36 − 300 + 120) x 7 The ratio PR : RQ equals 2 2 : 5
= −144 Statement-2:
In any triangle, bisector of an angle divides the
 5π  triangle into two similar triangles.
66. For x ∈  0,  , define
 2  (1) Staement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true;
x Statement -2 is a correct explanation for
f (x) = ∫
0
t sin t dt Statement-1
(2) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true;
Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for
Then f has :
Statement-1
(1) local maximum at π and 2π
(3) Statement -1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
(2) local minimum at π and 2π (4) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
(3) local maximum at π and local maximum at 2π Ans. [3]
(4) local maximum at π and local minimum at 2π Sol. y = – 2x y y=x
Ans. [4]
x
 5π 
∫
Sol. f ( x ) = sin t dt
0
 0, 
 2  O (0, 0)
y=0

f ' ( x ) = x sin x = 0
sin x = 0 x = π,2π P (1, –2)
L y = –2
1 (–2,–2) R Q
f " (x) = sin x + x cos x L
2 x
PR OP 2 2
f " (π) = − π < 0 x = π max ima = = true
RQ OQ 5
f " (2π) = 2π × 1 x = 2π min ima
Statement -1 is true

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 71 JUNE 2011

 Statement-2 is false 71. The domain of the function
Hence (3) is correct 1
f (x ) = is :
| x | −x
69. The value of p and q for which the function
 sin(p + 1) x sin x (1) (−∞, ∞) (2) (0, ∞)
 , x<0
 x (3) (−∞, 0) (4) (−∞, ∞) − {0}
f (x) =  q , x=0 Ans. [3]
 x + x2 − x
 1
, x>0 Sol. f ( x ) =
 x 3/ 2 | x | −x
is continuous for all x in R, are :
| x | − x > 0 ⇒| x |> x ⇒ x ∈ (−∞,0)
1 3 5 1
(1) p = , q = − (2) p = , q = Hence (3)
2 2 2 2
3 1 1 3
(3) p = − , q = (4) p = , q =
2 2 2 2 72. The shortest distance between line y – x = 1 and
Ans. [3] curve x = y2 is :
Sol. f(0) = q 3 3 2
(1) (2)
h + h2 − h 4 8
RHL =
h 3/ 2 8 4
(3) (4)
( 1 + h − 1) ( 1 + h + 1) 1 3 2 3
= =
h ( 1 + h + 1) 2 Ans.[2]
1 Sol. y = x + 1 → x = y 2
q=
2 find the pt of x = y2, where tangent in parallel to y
−1sin( P + 1)h − + sin h = x + 1,
LHL =
−h dy dy 1
(P + 1)h + h x = y 2 ⇒ 1 = 2y ⇒ =
=P+2 dx dx 2 y
h1
1 1 1
1 =1⇒ y = ⇒ x =
P+2= 2y 2 4
2
1 3 so tangent will be
P = −2= − y = x + 1/4
2 2
1
distance between y = x + 1 & y = x + will be -
y −1 z − 3 4
70. If the angle between the line x = = and
2 λ 3/ 4 3 3 2
d= = =
 5  2 4 2 8
the plane x + 2y + 3z = 4 is cos −1   , then λ
 14 
 
equals : 73. A man saves Rs. 200 in each of the first three
(1) 2/3 (2) 3/2 months of his service. In each of the subsequent
months of his service. In each of the subsequent
(3) 2/5 (4) 5/2
months his saving increases by Rs. 40 more than
Ans. [1] the saving of immediately previous month. His
3 1 + 4 + 3x total saving from the start of service will be Rs.
Sol. =
14 11040 after :
14 5 + λ2
(1) 18 months (2) 19 months
3 5 + λ2 = (5 + 3λ ) (3) 20 months (4) 21 months
9(5 + λ2 ) = (5 + 3λ ) 2 Ans. [4]
n
45 + 9λ2 = 25 + 9λ2 + 30λ Sol. (200) × 3 + [480 + (n − 1)40] = 11040
2
20 2 on solving we get n = 18
=λ=
30 3 Hence total months = 3 + 18 = 21

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 72 JUNE 2011

74. Consider the following statements dy
77. If = y + 3 > 0 and y (0) =2, then y (ln 2) is
P : Suman is brilliant dx
Q : Suman is rich equal to :
R : Suman is honest (1) 7 (2) 5
The negation of the statement "Suman is brilliant (3) 13 (4) –2
Ans. [1]
and dishonest if and only if Suman is rich" can be
expressed as : dy
Sol. = y+3
(1) ~ P ^ (Q ↔ R ) (2) ~ (Q ↔ (P ^ ~ R )) dx
dy
(3) ~ Q ↔ ~ P ^ (4) ~ (P ^ ~ R ) ↔ Q
∫y+3
= dx ∫
Ans.[2, 4]
p↔q ln( y + 3) = x + c
Sol. ~ [(P ^ ~ R ) ⇔ Q] q↔p
y = e x +c − 3
~ [Q ↔ (P ^ ~ R )]
y (0) = e c − 3 = 2
& ~ (P ^ ~ R ) ↔ Q by truth table
∴ ec = 5
75. If ω(≠ 1) is a cube rot of unit, and c = ln 5
7
(1 + ω) = A = Bω . Then (A, B) equals : f (ln 2) = e ln 2+ ln 5 − 3
(1) (0, 1) (2) (1, 1) 10
= e ln − 3
(3) (2, 0) (4) (–1, 1)
= 10– 3 = 7
Ans. [2]
Sol. (1 + ω) 7 = (−ω 2 ) 7 = −ω14 = −ω 2 = 1 + ω 78. Equation of the ellipse whose axes are the axes of
7
⇒ (1 + ω) = 1 + ω = A + Bω coordinates and which passes through the point
2
⇒ A = 1, B = 1 (–3, 1) and has eccentricity is :
5
r
76. If a =
1
10
(
3î + k̂ and ) (1) 3x 2 + 5 y 2 − 32 = 0
(2) 5x 2 + 3y 2 − 48 = 0
r 1
7r
( )
b = 2î + 3ˆj − 6k̂ , then the value of (3) 3x 2 + 5 y 2 − 15 = 0

(
r r
) [( ) (
r r r
2a − b • a × b × a + 2b is : )] (4) 5x 2 + 3y 2 − 32 = 0
Ans. [1, 2]
(1) –5 (2) –3 (3) 5 (4) 3
x 2 y2
Ans. [1] Sol. (i) 2 + 2 = 1
a b
Sol. α = (2a − b ).((a × b ) × (a + 2 b ))
9 1
= (2a − b).((a × b) × a + (a + b) × 2 b ) + =1
a 2 b2
= (2a − b).((a × b)b − (a.b)a + 2((a.b)b − (b.b)a )
9 5
= 2 | a | 2 (a.b) − 2(a.b) | a | 2 +4(a.b)(a.b) − 4(b.b)(a.a ) 2
+ 2 =1
a 3b
= − | a | 2 | b | 2 +(a.b)(a.b) − 2(a.b) | b | 2 +2 | b | 2 (a.b) 27 + 5 32  2
2 2 2 =1 a2 = , now b 2 = a 2 1 − 
= 5(a.b) − 5 | b | | a | 3a 2 3  3
r 1 r 1
a= (3î + k̂ ) b = (2î + 3 ĵ − 6k̂ ) 3a 2 32
7 b2 = =
10 5 5
r r 1
a.b = (6 − 6) = 0 3x 2 5 y 2
7 10 eq n is + =1
32 32
10 ⇒ 3x 2 + 5 y 2 − 32 = 0
| a |= =1
10 2
 2  3b
7 (ii) if a 2 = b 2 1 −  =
| b |= = 1  5 5
7
α = 0 − 5 = −5

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 73 JUNE 2011

 9 1 81. Statement-1 :
2
+ =1
a b2 The number of ways of distributing 10 identical
45 1 48 48 balls in 4 distinct boxes such that no box is empty
2
+ 2 =1 2
=1 b2 = is 9C3.
3b b 3b 3
Statement-2:
48
a2 = The number of ways of choosing any 3 places from
5 9 different places is 9C3.
5x 2 3y 2 (1) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true;
+ = 1 ⇒ 5x 2 + 3y 2 − 48 = 0
48 48 Statement-2 is a correct explanation for
Statement-1
79. If the mean deviation about the median of the (2) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true;
numbers a, 2a, ....... 50a is 50, then |a| equals : Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for
(1) 2 (1) 3 Statement-1
(3) 4 (4) 6 (3) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
Ans.[3] (4) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
Sol. Mean of a, 2a, 3a......... 50a Ans. [1]
n −1
25a + 26a 51 Sol. St-1 C r −1 =10−1 C 4−1 = 9 C 3 True
Median = = a
2 2 St-2 n
Cr =
9
C3 True
∑ (x − M ) = 50 = a −
51
a + 2a −
51
a + .......... 82. Let R be the set of real numbers.
50 2 2
Statement-1:
51 51 51 A = {( x , y) ∈ R × R : y − x is an int eger} is an
......... + 25a − a + 26a − a + .... + 50a − a
2 2 2 equivalence relation on R.
= 2500 Statement-2:
 49a 47 45a a B = {( x, y) ∈ R × R : x = αy for some rational number α}
2 + a+ + ...... +  = 2500
 2 2 2 2 is an equivalence relation on R.
(1 + 3 + ..... + 4a) = 2500 (1) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true;
25 Statement-2 is a correct explanation for
(1 + 49)a = 2500 Statement-1
2
25 × 25a = 2500 (2) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true;
Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for
a=4
Statement-1
 1 − cos{2( x − 2)}  (3) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
80 lim  
x → 2 x − 2  (4) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
 
Ans. [3]
(1) does not exist (2) equals 2
Sol. St-1
1
(3) equals − 2 (4) equals A = {( x , y) ∈ R × R , y − x is an int eger}
2
Ans.[1] Relfexive : x - x is also Integer
1 − cos 2( x − 2) so it is relfexive
Sol. lim symmetrix - y –x ∈ I
x →2 x−2
then also x – y ∈ I
2 | sin( x − 2) |
= so it is symmetric
( x − 2)
Transitive – y – x ∈ I, & z – y ∈ I
2 (− sin( x − 2)) then z – x is also integer
LHL = lim =− 2
x →2 x−2 so A is equivalence.
2 sin( x − 2) so B is not equivalence.
RHL = lim = 2
x−2
x →2
St-2 B = {( x, y) ∈ R × R : x = αy
limit does not exist
Reflexive

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 74 JUNE 2011

 x ≠ αx for α ≠ 1 (3) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
so it is not reflexive (4) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
Ans. [2]
so B is not equivalence
Sol. St-1
83. Consider 5 independent Bernoulli's trials each with A1 = A B1 = B (Given)
probability of success p. If the probability of at
31
(A(BA))1 = (BA)1 A1
least one failure is greater than or equal to , = (A1B1) A1
32
then p lies in the interval : = (AB)A
 1 3  3 11  = A(BA) ⇒ A(BA) is symmetric
(1)  ,  (2)  , 
 2 4  4 12  ((AB)A )1 = A1 (AB)1
 1  11  = A1(B1A1)
(3) 0,  (4)  ,1
 2  12  = (AB)A ⇒∴ (AB)A is also symmetric
Ans. [3] St – 1 true
5 31 St-2 (AB)1 = B1A1
Sol. P ( n ≥ 1) = 1 − ( P ) ≥ 32 = BA
31 = AB
1− ≥ (P) 5
32 St-2 True but not correct exp. of 1
1
≥P≥0
2 86. If C and D are two events such that C ⊂ D and
P(D) ≠ 0, then the correct statement among the
 1
∴ P 0,  following is :
 2
(1) P(C | D) = P(C) (2) P(C | D) ≥ P(C)
84. The two circles x2 + y2 = ax and x2 + y2 = c2(c > 0)
P( D)
touch each other if : (3) P(C | D) < P(C) (4) P(C | D) =
P ( C)
(1) 2|a| = c (2) | a | = c
(3) a = 2c (4) | a | = 2c Ans.[2]
Ans. [2] D

a  a Sol.
x 2 + y 2 − ax = 0 c1  ,0  Radus =
Sol.  2  2 C
x 2 + y2 = c2 c 2 (0, 0 ) Radus = c
Cindered of touch
c1c2 = r1 + r2  C  P ( C ^ D)
P  =
not possible D P ( D)
or c1c2 = |r1 – r2| P (C )
=
a a P ( D)
= c−
2 2 ≥ P(C) Q (C ⊂ D) ∴ P(C) < (P(D))
|a| = c
→ →
85. Let A and B be two symmetric matrices of order 3. 87. The vectors a and b are not perpendicular and
Statement-1: → → → → → →
A(BA) and (AB)A are symmetric matrices. c and d are two vectors satisfying : b × c = b × d
→ → →
Statement-2:
and a . d = 0 . Then the vector d is equal to :
AB is symmetric matrix if matrix multiplication of
A with B is commutative.  → → →  → → →
→  b.c  →  a.c 
(1) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; (1) b −  → →  c (2) c +  → →  b
Statement-2 is a correct explanation for  a.b   a.b 
   
Statement-1
(2) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true;  → → →  → → →
→  b.c  →  a.c 
Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for (3) b +  → →  c (4) c −  → →  b
Statement-1  a .b   a .b 
   

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 75 JUNE 2011

Ans. [4] 0+y 7+z
3= 5=
2 2
r r r r
Sol. b × c = b × d y=6 z=3
rr St- 1 correct
a.d = 0
rr r rr r rr r rr r St-2 is also correct but not correct exp. of 1
(a.c )b − (a.b)c = (a.d)b − (a.b)d
r
r r (ar.cr )b
.d = c − r r 89. If A = sin2x + cos4x, then for all real x:
a.b 3 13
(1) ≤ A ≤ 1 (2) ≤ A ≤1
88. Statement – 1 : 4 16
The point A(1, 0, 7) is the mirror image of the point 3 13
B (1, 6, 3) in the line : (3) 1 < A < 2 (4) ≤ A ≤
4 16
x y −1 z − 2
= = . Ans. [1]
1 2 3
Sol. A = sin2x + cos4x
Statement – 2 :
= sin2x + cos2x.cos2x < 1
x y −1 z − 2
The line : = = bisects the line = 1- cos2x + cos4x
1 2 3
segment joining A(1, 0, 7) and B(1, 6, 3). 1 1
= (cos 2 x ) 2 − cos 2 x + − +1
(1) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is true; 4 4
Statement -2 is a correct explanation for 2
 1 3 3
Statement -1 =  cos 2 x −  + ≥
(2) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is true;  2  4 4
Statement -2 is not a correct explanation for 3 
Statement -1. A ∈  ,1
4 
(3) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is false.
(4) Statement -1 is false, Statement -2 is true.
90. The number of values of k for which the linear
Ans. [2]
equations
A(1, 0, 7)
4x + ky + 2z = 0
kx + 4y + z = 0
2x + 2y + z = 0
possess a non-zero solution is :
(λ, 2λ + 1 + λ3 λ + 2 (1) 3 (2) 2
M
(3) 1 (4) zero
Ans. [2]
Sol. ∆ = 0
4 k 2
B(1, 6, 3) k 4 1 =0
Sol. 2 2 1
x y −1 z − 2
= = 4(4 – 2) – k (k –2) + 2 (2k – 8)
1 2 3
4 × 2 – k2 + 2k + 4k – 16 = 0
d.r.s of A.M.
λ − 1,2λ + 1 − 0,3λ + 2 − 7 –k2 + 6k – 8 = 0
k2 – 6k + 8 = 0
(λ − 1) × 1 + (2λ + 1) × 2 + (3λ − 5) × 3 = 0
k2 – 4k -2k + 8 = 0
λ − 1 + 4λ + 2 + 9λ − 15 = 0
k = 4, 2
14α = 14
no. of values of k is 2
λ =1
M (1, 3, 5)
1+ x
1=
2
x=1

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 76 JUNE 2011

 AIEEE PAPER 2011
(PAPER & SOLUTION) DATE : 11-05-2011
Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 360
Instructions :
• There are three parts in question paper A, B, C consisting of chemistry, Physics & Mathematics having
30 questions in each part of equal weightage. Each question is allotted four marks for each correct response.
• 1/4 (one fourth) marks will be deducted for indicating incorrect response of each question. No deduction from the
total score will be made if no response is indicated for an item in the answer sheet.

Θ Θ
RO
Part (A) : CHEMISTRY Sol.
size
R–S
size
1. Identify the incorrect statement from the
following- B.S. B.S.
(1) Ozone absorbs the intense ultraviolet radiation N.S. N.S.
of the sun
(2) Depletion of ozone layer is because of its 4. The change in the optical rotation of freshly
chemical reactions with chlorofluoro alkanes prepared solution of glucose is known as -
(3) Ozone absorbs infrared radiation (1) racemisation (2) specific rotation
(4) Oxides of nitrogen in the atmosphere can cause (3) mutarotation (4) tautomerism
the depletion of ozone layer Ans. [3]
Ans. [3] Sol. Fact
Sol. Ozone absorbs UV rays from sun and not infrared 5. The molality of a urea solution in which 0.0100g
radiation. of urea, [(NH2)2CO] is added to 0.3000 dm3 of
2. When r, P and M represent rate of diffusion, water at STP is -
pressure and molecular mass, respectively, then (1) 5.55 × 10–4 m (2) 33.3 m
the ratio of the rates of diffusion (rA/rB) of two (3) 3.33 × 10 m–2
(4) 0.555 m
gases A and B, is given as -
Ans. [1]
(1) (PA/PB) (MB/MA)1/2
0.01 1
(2) (PA/PB)1/2 (MB/MA) Sol. m = = = 5.55 × 10–4
60 × 0.30 60 × 30
(3) (PA/PB) (MA/MB)1/2
dwater = 1 kg/dm3
(4) (PA/PB)1/2 (MA/MB)
Ans. [1] 6. The molecular velocity of any gas is -
p p (1) inversely proportional to absolute temperature
Sol. r ∝ ∝
d M (2) directly proportional to square of temperature
1/ 2 (3) directly proportional to square root of
rA P M  temperature
= A  B 
rB PB  M A  (4) inversely proportional to the square root of
temperature
3. Consider thiol anion (RS ) and alkoxy anion Ans. [3]
(RO ). Which of the following statement is
Sol. Vmp, Vrms, Vav. ∝ T
correct ?
(1) RS is less basic but more nucleophilic than RO 7. The correct order of acid strength of the following
(2) RS is more basic and more nucleophilic than compounds is :
RO A. Phenol
(3) RS is more basic but less nucleophilic than B. p-Cresol
RO
C. m-Nitrophenol
(4) RS is less basic and less nucleophilic than
RO D. p-Nitrophenol
Ans. [1] (1) D > C > A >B (2) B > D > A >C
(3) A > B > D >C (4) C > B > A >D

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 77 JUNE 2011

Ans. [1] Sol. CH3 C CH3 CH3 CH2 CH O
Sol.
O
δ0 δ δ CH3
δ+
OH OH OH OH
CH3 C CH CH2 CH3
2-methyl-2-pentene
NO2 –M
+H CH3 –I –I 11. Consider the reaction :
+I 4NO2(g) + O2(g) → 2N2O5(g), ∆rH = – 111kJ
(A) (B) (C) (D) If N2O5(s) is formed instead of N2O5(g) in the above
reaction, the ∆rH value will be : (given, ∆H of
D>C>A>B sublimation for N2O5 is 54 kJ mol–1)
(1) + 54 kJ (2) + 219 kJ
8. The value of enthalpy change (∆H) for the reaction (3) – 219 kJ (4) – 165 kJ
Ans. [3]
C2H5OH(l) + 3O2(g) → 2CO2(g) + 3H2O(l)
Sol. 4NO2 + O2 → 2N2O5 ∆H = –111 …(1)
at 27°C is –1366.5 kJ mol–1. The value of internal
energy change for the above reaction at this (g)
temperature will be - 4NO2 + O2 → 2N2O5 ∆H = ? …(2)
(1) – 1369.0 kJ (2) – 1364.0 kJ (s)
(3) – 1361.5 kJ (4) – 1371.5 kJ ––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Ans. [2] 2N2O5 → 2N2O5 ∆H = 54 × 2 ...(3)
(s) (g)
Sol. ∆H = ∆E + ∆ngRT
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
∆E = ∆H – ∆ngRT
(1) – (3)
= –1366.5 – (–1) (8.3 × 10–3) × 300
∆H = –111 – 108 = –219 kJ
= –1366.5 + 2.490
= –1364.01 12. An acid HA ionise as
_ –1364 kJ
~ HA H+ + A–
The pH of 1.0 M solution is 5. Its dissociation
9. Thermosetting polymer, Bakelite is formed by the constant would be -
reaction of phenol with - (1) 5 (2) 5 × 10–8
(1) CH3CHO (2) HCHO (3) 1 × 10 –5
(4) 1 × 10–10
(3) HCOOH (4) CH3CH2CHO Ans. [4]
Ans. [2] 1 1
Sol. pH = pka – log C
OH 2 2
1 1
Sol. + H–CH=O Bakelite 5 = pka – log 1
2 2
pka = 10
10. Ozonolysis of an organic compound 'A' produces ka = 10–10
acetone and propionaldehyde in equimolar
mixture. Identify 'A' from the following 13. The correct order of electron gain enthalpy with
compounds : negative sign of F, Cl, Br and I, having atomic
(1) 1 - Pentene number 9, 17, 35 and 53 respectively, is -
(2) 2 - Pentene (1) F > Cl > Br > I (2) Cl > F > Br > I
(3) 2 - Methyl - 2 - pentene (3) Br > Cl > I > F (4) I > Br > Cl > F
(4) 2 - Methyl - 1 - pentene Ans. [2]
Sol. Cl > F > Br > I
Ans. [3]
Order of electron gain enthalpy.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 78 JUNE 2011

14. The frequency of light emitted for the transition 17. The Ksp for Cr(OH)3 is 1.6 × 10–30. The molar
n = 4 to n = 2 of He+ is equal to the transition in H solubility of this compound in water is -
atom corresponding to which of the following ?
(1) 4 1.6 × 10 –30 (2) 4 1.6 × 10 –30 / 27
(1) n = 2 to n = 1 (2) n = 3 to n = 2
(3) n = 4 to n = 3 (4) n = 3 to n = 1 (3) 1.6 × 10–30/27 (4) 2 1.6 × 10 –30
Ans. [1] Ans. [2]
Sol. ν H = ν He + Sol. Ksp = s(3s)3 = 27s4 = 1.6 × 10–30
4
 2 1 1   2 1 1  1.6 × 10 −30
RZ  2 − 2  = RZ  2 − 2  s=
27
  n1 n 2  H   n1 n 2  He +
18. The products obtained on heating LiNO3 will be –
1 1   1 1  (1) Li2O + NO2 + O2 (2) Li3N + O2
2
− 2 = 4 − 
n1 n 2   4 16  (3) Li2O + NO + O2 (4) LiNO2 + O2
1 1 1 1 Ans. [1]
− 2 = − ∆
2
n1 n 2 1 4 Sol. LiNO3 
→ Li2O + NO2 + O2
n1 = 1 19. Resistance of 0.2 M solution of an electrolyte is 50
n2 = 2 Ω. The specific conductance of the solution is 1.3
S m–1. If resistance of the 0.4 M solution of the
15. A 5% solution of can sugar (molar mass 342) is
isotonic with 1% of a solution of an unknown same electrolyte is 260 Ω, its molar conductivity
solute. The molar mass of unknown solute in is -
g/mol is - (1) 6.25 × 10–4 S m2 mol–1
(1) 171.2 (2) 68.4 (2) 625 × 10–4 S m2 mol–1
(3) 34.2 (4) 136.2 (3) 62.5 S m2 mol–1
Ans. [2] (4) 6250 S m2 mol–1
Sol. π1 = π2 Ans. [1]
c1 = c2 1000
Sol. λm = κ × (κ = 1.3 S m–1 = 1.3 × 10–2 S cm–1)
5 1 M
=
342 M 1 l 1000
= × ×
342 κ a M
M= = 68.4 1 l
5 κ= ×
R a
16. In view of the signs of ∆rG° for the following
reactions : l
= κR = 1.3 × 10–2 × 50 = 65.0 × 10–2 cm–1
PbO2 + Pb → 2 PbO, ∆rG° < 0 a
SnO2 + Sn → 2 SnO, ∆rG° > 0, 1 1000
λm = × 65 × 10 −2 ×
which oxidation states are more characteristic for 260 0 .4
lead and tin ? = 6.25 S mol–1 × cm2
(1) For lead + 2, for tin + 2 1 1
(2) For lead + 4, for tin + 4 = 6.25 × × m2
100 100
(3) For lead + 2, for tin + 4
6.25 × 10–4 m2 S mol–1
(4) For lead + 4, for tin + 2
Ans. [3] 20. Among the ligands NH3, en, CN– and CO the
correct order of their increasing field strength, is-
Sol. ∆Gº < 0 spontaneous reaction
(1) NH3 < en < CN– < CO
so Pb +4 → Pb +2 (2) CN– < NH3 < CO < en
Pb+2 > Pb+4 (stability) (3) en < CN– < NH3 < CO
(4) CO < NH3 < en < CN–
∆Gº > 0 non-spontaneous reaction
Ans. [1]
Sn +4 → Sn +2 Sol. According to spectrochemical series increasing
order of strength of ligands is
Sn+4 > Sn+2 (stability)
NH3 < en < CN– < CO
Pb+2, Sn+4

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 79 JUNE 2011

21. Consider the following reaction : Ea1 − Ea 2
k2
C2H5OH + H2SO4 → Product = Ae RT (Ea2 = 2Ea1)
k1
Among the following, which one cannot be
formed as a product under any conditions ? Ea
k2 − 1
(1) Ethylene (2) Acetylene = Ae RT
k1
(3) Diethyl ether (4) Ethyl-hydrogen sulphate
Ea1
Ans. [2] −
H2SO4 k2 = Ak1 e RT
Sol. C2H5OH C2H5–O–SO3H Ea1
110ºC +
k1 = Ak2 e RT
140ºC
C2H5–O–C2H5 25. Copper crystallizes in fcc lattice with a unit cell
170ºC edge of 361 pm. The radius of copper atom is -
CH2= CH2
(1) 108 pm (2) 128 pm
22. The non aromatic compound among the following (3) 157 pm (4) 181 pm
is - Ans. [2]
Sol. 4r = 2a
(1) (2)
S 2
r= × 361
4
(3) (4) = 127.61 ~ 128 pm

Ans. [4] 26. The mass of potassium dichromate crystals

required to oxidize 750 cm3 of 0.6 M Mohr's salt
Sol. solution is : (Given molar mass : potassium
dichromate = 294, Mohr's salt = 392)
(1) 0.45 g (2) 22.05 g
(3) 2.2 g (4) 0.49 g
There is no continuous resonance thus it is non-
aromatic. Ans. [2]
Sol. gm eqv. = gm. Eqv.
23. The number of types of bonds between two carbon of of
atoms in calcium carbide is -
Mohr's K2Cr2O7
(1) One sigma, one pi (2) Two sigma, one pi
salt
(3) Two sigma, two pi (4) One sigma, two pi
NV(ml) gm
Ans. [4] =
Sol. Calcium carbide is a ionic carbide 1000 E.w
⇒ Ca2+ [C≡C]2– (0.6 × 1 × 750) x
=
It contains 1σ and 2π bonds. 1000 294
6
24. A reactant (A) forms two products :
0.6 × 750 294 75 × 294
k1
A → B, Activation Energy Ea1 x= × =
1000 6 1000
k2
A → C, Activation Energy Ea2 = 22.05 gm
If Ea2 = 2 Ea1, then k1 and k2 are related as -
(1) k 2 = k1e Ea1 / RT (2) k 2 = k1e Ea2 / RT 27. What is the best description of the change that
occurs when Na2O(s) is dissolved in water ?
(3) k1 = Ak 2 e Ea1 / RT (4) k1 = 2k 2 e Ea2 / RT
(1) Oxide ion accepts sharing in a pair of electrons
Ans. [3] (2) Oxide ion donates a pair of electrons
− Ea1
(3) Oxidation number of oxygen increases
Sol. k1 = A1e RT
(4) Oxidation number of sodium decreases
− Ea 2
Ans. [1]
k2 = A 2 e RT
Sol. Na2O + H2O → 2NaOH
Ea 2 Ea1
k 2 A2 − +
= e RT RT
k1 A1

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 80 JUNE 2011

28. Which of the following has maximum number of 1 2
lone pairs associated with Xe ? Sol. K.E. ∝ t i.e., mv ∝ t
2
(1) XeF4 (2) XeF6
v∝ t
(3) XeF2 (4) XeO3
dv 1
Ans. [3] a= ∝ , F = ma
dt 2 t
Sol. XeF2 has maximum number of lone pairs
(3 lone pairs) 1
F∝
t
29. In the chemical reactions
32. At two points P and Q on a screen in Young's
NH2 double slit experiment, waves from slits S1 and S2
NaNO2 CuCN λ
HCl,278 K
A ∆ B, the compounds A have a path difference of 0 and respectively.
4
and B respectively are - The ratio of intensities at P and Q will be -
(1)Benzene diazonium chloride and benzonitrile (1) 2 : 1 (2) 2 : 1 (3) 4 : 1 (4) 3 : 2
(2) Nitrobenzene and chlorobenzene Ans. [1]
(3) Phenol and bromobenzene Sol. I =4I0 cos2φ/2
(4) Fluorobenzene and phenol IP = 4I0 cos20 = 4I0 ….(1)
Ans. [1]  π  4I
IQ = 4I0 cos2   = 0 = 2I0 ….(2)
Sol. 4 2
NH2 N=N–Cl CN IP
=2
NaNO2/HCl CuCN IQ
Sand
mayer 33. Two particles of equal mass 'm' go around a circle
reaction of radius R under the action of their mutual
gravitational attraction. The speed of each particle
30. Which one of the following complex ions has with respect to their centre of mass is -
geometrical isomers ?
Gm Gm
(1) [Ni(NH3)5 Br]+ (2) [Co(NH3)2 (en)2]3+ (1) (2)
4R 3R
(3) [Cr(NH3)4(en)]3+ (4) [Co(en)3]3+
(en = ethylenediamine) Gm Gm
(3) (4)
Ans. [2] 2R R
Sol. 3+ 3+ Ans. [1]
NH3 NH3
Gm 2 mv 2
NH3 Sol. 2
=
( 2R ) R
Co en Co en
en m
en NH3 R
cis trans GM
v=
It has geometrical isomers. 4R
m
34. The minimum force required to start pushing a
Part (B) : PHYSICS body up a rough (frictional coefficient µ) inclined
plane is F1 while the minimum force needed to
prevent it from sliding down is F2. If the inclined
31. At time t = 0s a particle starts moving along the x-
plane makes an angle θ from the horizontal such
axis. If its kinetic energy increases uniformly with
time 't', the net force acting on it must be F
that tan θ = 2µ then the ratio 1 is -
proportional to - F2
1 (1) 1 (2) 2
(1) constant (2) t (3) (4) t
t (3) 3 (4) 4
Ans. [3] Ans. [3]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 81 JUNE 2011

Sol. F1 = mg sinθ + µmg cosθ ...(i) mυ 3
(1) zero (2)
F2 = mgsinθ – µmgcosθ ...(ii) 2g
3 mυ 3 3 mυ 2
m (3) (4)
16 g 2 g

θ Ans. [3]
F1 tan θ + 1 2µ + µ 3
= = =
F2 tan θ − 1 2µ − µ 1 Sol. v
35. If 400 Ω of resistance is made by adding four 100 v' = v cos 30º
Ω resistances of tolerance 5%, then the tolerance
of the combination is - θ = 30º r = H
(1) 5% (2) 10%
(3) 15% (4) 20% L = mv′r
Ans. [1]
Sol. R = R1 + R2 + R3 +R4 = 400 Ω  v 2 sin 2 30º 
= m(vcos30º)  

∆R ∆[R 1 + R 2 + R 3 + R 4 ]  2g 
% = × 100
R 400
mv 3 3 1
20 = ×
= × 100 = 5 % 2g 2 4
400
36. An electric charge +q moves with velocity 3mv3
→
=
V = 3iˆ + 4 ĵ + k̂ , in an electromagnetic field 16
→ 39. The specific heat capacity of a metal at low
given by : E = 3iˆ + ĵ + 2k̂ and temperature (T) is given as :
→ 3
B = iˆ + ĵ – 3k̂ . The y-component of the force  T 
Cp(kJK–1kg–1) = 32  
experienced by +q is -  400 
(1) 11 q (2) 5 q A 100 gram vessel of this metal is to be cooled
(3) 3 q (4) 2 q from 20ºK to 4ºK by a special refrigerator
Ans. [1] operating at room temperature (27ºC). The amount
r r r of work required to cool the vessel is -
Sol. Magnetic force F = q (V × B ) = 10q ˆj (1) greater than 0.148 kJ
r
and electric force in direction of y-axis F = q ˆj (2) between 0.148 kJ and 0.028 kJ
FNet = 11q in direction of y-axis. (3) less than 0.028 kJ
(4) equal to 0.002 kJ
37. The current in the primary circuit of a
potentiometer is 0.2 A. The specific resistance and Ans. [2]
cross-section of the potentiometer wire are
4 × 10–7 ohm metre and 8 × 10–7 m2 respectively. Sol. ∆Q = mCpdT
The potential gradient will be equal to -
(1) 1 V/m (2) 0.5 V/m   T  
3
(3) 0.1 V/m (4) 0.2 V/m = (100 × 10–3) × 32 ×    [100 − 0]
Ans. [3]   400  
V i×ρ
Sol. φ = AB = = 0.1 volt/meter = 0.002 KJ
L A

38. A particle of mass 'm' is projected with a velocity T2 Q

β= = 2 ; T2 = 300 K, Q2 = 0.002 KJ
υ making an angle of 30º with the horizontal. The T1 − T2 W
magnitude of angular momentum of the projectile
about the point of projection when the particle is If T1 = 20 K, W = 0.148 KJ
at its maximum height 'h' is -

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 82 JUNE 2011

 T2 = 4 K, W = 0.028 KJ P1V1 = P2 (2V1)
i.e., amount of work will be between 0.148 KJ to P
0.028 KJ. P2 = 1
2

40. A wooden cube (density of wood 'd') of side 'l' 42. In a Young's double slit experiment, the two slits
floats in a liquid of density 'ρ' with its upper and act as coherent sources of waves of equal
lower surfaces horizontal. If the cube is pushed amplitude A and wavelength λ. In another
slightly down and released, it performs simple experiment with the same arrangement the two
harmonic motion of period 'T'. Then, 'T' is equal slits are made to act as incoherent sources of
to - waves of same amplitude and wavelength. If the
intensity at the middle point of the screen in the
ld lρ first case is I1 and in the second case is I2, then the
(1) 2π (2) 2π
ρg dg I
ratio 1 is -
ld lρ I2
(3) 2π (4) 2π
(ρ – d ) g (ρ – d ) g (1) 2 (2) 1
(3) 0.5 (4) 4
Ans. [1]
Ans. [1]
Sol.
Sol. I1 = 4I0cos2φ/2 = 4I0 …. (1)
I2 = I0 + I0 = 2I0 …. (2)
(for non coherent sources)
x I1 2
L =
L I2 1
Restoring force FR = (L2x)ρg ... (1) 43. The output of an OR gate is connected to both the
2
inputs of a NAND gate. The combination will
In case of SHM FR = mω x ...(2) serve as a -
From equation (1) & (2) (1) NOT gate (2) NOR gate
mω2x = L2xρg (3) AND gate (4) OR gate
(d)L3ω2 = L2ρg Ans. [2]
dLω2 = ρg Sol.

ρg
ω=
dL
OR gate NOT gate
dL
T = 2π
ρg NOR gate

41. A container with insulating walls is divided into 44. Two positive charges of magnitude 'q' are placed
two equal parts by a partition fitted with a valve. at the ends of a side (side 1) of a square of side
One part is filled with an ideal gas at a pressure P '2a'. Two negative charges of the same magnitude
and temperature T, whereas the other part is are kept at the other corners. Starting from rest, If
completely evacuated. If the valve is suddenly a charges Q moves from the middle of side 1 to
opened, the pressure and temperature of the gas the centre of square, its kinetic energy at the centre
will be - of square is -
P T (1) zero
(1) , (2) P, T
2 2 1 2qQ  1 
(2) 1 + 
T P 4πε 0 a  5
(3) P, (4) ¸T
2 2 
1 2qQ 2 
Ans. [4] (3) 1 – 
4πε 0 a  5
Sol. It is free expansion of Ideal gas which is both
adiabatic and isothermal process. 1 2qQ  1 
(4) 1 – 
T → constant, so for the isothermal process 4πε 0 a 5

P1V1 = (P2V2)
Ans. [4]

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 83 JUNE 2011

Sol. W = q (∆V) = ∆KE Ans.[2]
q –q
Sol. Actual depth = (h1 + h2)

A B h1 h2
Apparent depth = +
µ1 µ 2
q –q
Kq Kq Kq Kq h h 
VA = + − − Shift ⇒ (h1 + h2 ) −  1 + 2 
a a 2a 2a  µ1 µ 2 
VB = 0  1   1 
2 Kq  1  ⇒ h1 1 −  + h2 1 − 
W= 1 −   µ1   µ2 
a  5
47. A metal rod of Young's modulus Y and coefficient
45. Combination of two identical capacitors, a resistor of thermal expansion α is held at its two ends such
R and a dc voltage source a voltage 6V is used in that its length remains invariant. If its temperature
an experiment on a (C – R) circuit. It is found that is raised by tºC, the linear stress developed in it is-
for a parallel combination of the capacitor the time Y
(1) (2) Yαt
in which the voltage of the fully charged αt
combination reduces to half its original voltage is 1 αt
10 second. For series combination the time needed (3) (4)
for reducing the voltage of the fully charged series (Yαt ) Y
combination by half is - Ans. [2]
(1)10 second (2) 5 second
(3) 2.5 second (4) 20 second Stress
Sol. Y=
Ans. [3] Strain
0.693 × R × 2C = 10 ∆L Lα∆t
Sol. Strain = = = αt
C L L
0.693 × R × = T
2 Stress = Y α t
2 / 1 10
⇒ = 48. A traveling wave represented by y = A sin
1/ 2 T (ωt – kx) is superimposed on another wave
4 10 represented by y = A sin (ωt + kx). The resultant
⇒ = is -
1 T
T = 2.5 sec (1) A wave traveling along +x direction
(2) A wave traveling along –x direction
46. A beaker contains water up to a height h1 and (3) A standing, wave having nodes at
kerosene of height h2 above water so that the total nλ
x= ; n = 0, 1, 2 ……..
height of (water + kerosene) is (h1 + h2). 2
Refractive index of water is µ1 and that of (4) A standing wave having nodes at
kerosene is µ2. The apparent shift in the position  1 λ
of the of the beaker when viewed from above is- x = n +  ; n = 0, 1, 2……..
 2 2
 1   1 
(1) 1 +  h1 – 1 +  h2 Ans.[4]
 µ1   µ2 
Sol.
 1   1 
(2) 1 –  h1 + 1 –  h2
 µ1   µ2 
 1   1  λ/4 λ/2
(3) 1 +  h2 – 1 +  h1
 µ1   µ2  O 3λ/4
 1   1 
(4) 1 –  h2 + 1 –  h1
 µ 1  µ 2 

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 84 JUNE 2011

 Y1 = A sin (ωt – kx)
Y2 = A sin (ωt + kx) 4 3 4
Q V= πr = π × (10 × 10 − 2 ) 3
→ → → 3 3
YR = Y1 + Y2 = 2A coskx sin ωt 4
= × π × 10 −3
λ 3λ 5λ 3
So, nodes will be at , , .....
4 4 4
Change in volume (∆V)
49. A thin circular disk of radius R is uniformly
V' – V = Vγ∆t
charged with density σ > 0 per unit area. The disk
rotates about its axis with a uniform angular speed 4 
ω. The magnetic moment of the disk is - =  πR 3 × 69 × 10 −6  × (100 − 0) = 28.9 cc
3 
πR 4
(1) πR4σω (2) σω 51. Two mercury drops (each of radius 'r') merge to
2
form a bigger drop. The surface energy of the
πR 4 bigger drop, if T is the surface tension is -
(3) σω (4) 2πR4σω
4 (1) 4πr2T (2) 2πr2T
Ans. [3] (3) 28/3πr2T (4) 25/3πr2T
Sol. Ans. [3]
Sol. Volume of big drop = total volume of small drops
dx R = 21/3r
Surface energy of small drops U = 2T 4πr2
x
Surface energy of big drop
U' = T4πR2
= T 4π(21/3)2r2
q = T 4π(2)2/3 r2
M = i× A = × πR 2 U' = T(2)2π 22/3 r2
T
U' = T(2)8/3 πr2
dq
dM = × πx 2
T 52. If a ball of steel (density ρ = 7.8 g cm–3) attains a
terminal velocity of 10 cm s–1 when falling in a
σ × dA
= × πx 2 tank of water (coefficient of viscosity
T ηwater = 8.5 × 10–5 Pa.s) then its terminal velocity
in glycerine (ρ = 1.2 g cm–3, η 13.2 Pa.s) would
σ × 2πx dx × πx 2 be, nearly -
dM = ω
2π (1) 6.25 × 10–4 cm s–1 (2) 6.45 × 10–4 cm s–1
–5 –1
(3) 1.5 × 10 cm s (4) 1.6 × 10–5 cm s–1
∫
M = σ × ω x 3 dx
Ans. [1]
R 2r 2
 x4  σ × ωR 4 Sol. V= g{d b − d l }
= σ × ω×   = 9η
 4  4
 0
V1 η2  d − d1 
=  
50. An aluminimum sphere of 20 cm diameter is V2 η1  d − d 2 
heated from 0ºC to 100ºC. Its volume changes by 10 13.2  7.8 − 1 
(given that coefficient of linear expansion for =  
aluminium αAl = 23 × 10–6/ºC) - V 8.5 × 10 − 4  7.8 − 1.2 
(1) 2.89 cc (2) 9.28 cc V = 6.25 × 10–4 cm/s
(3) 49.8 cc (4) 28.9 cc 53. A horizontal straight wire 20 m long extending
from east to west is falling with a speed of 5.0
Ans. [4] m/s, at right angle to horizontal component of the
Sol. γ = 3α = 3 × 23 × 10–6 = 69 × 10–6/ºC earth's magnetic field 0.30 × 10–4 Wb/m2. The
instantaneous value of the e.m.f induced in the
wire will be -

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 85 JUNE 2011

 (1) 3 mV (2) 4.5 mV KA l
=
(3) 1.5 mV (4) 6.0 mV K lA
Ans. [1]
K{l A + l B }
Sol. e = B × v × l KA =
lA
= 0.30 × 10–4 × 5 × 20
= 3 millivolt  l 
K A = K 1 + B 
54. After absorbing a slowly moving neutron of mass  lA
mN (momentum ~ 0) a nucleus of mass M breaks
 3
into two nuclei of masses m1 and K A = K 1 + 
5 m1 (6 m1 = M + mN), respectively. If the de  2
Broglie wavelength of the nucleus with mass m1 is 5K
λ, the de Broglie wavelength of the other nucleu KA =
2
will be -
λ 57. Statement-1
(1) 5 λ (2) (3) λ (4) 25 λ A nucleus having energy E1 decays by β– emission
5
Ans. [3] to daughter nucleus having energy E but β– rays
emitted with a continuous energy spectrum having
Sol. Acceleration to momentum conservation, linear end point energy E1 – E2.
momentum of both point is same So wavelength is
also same. Statement-2
To conserve energy and momentum in β-decay at
55. Which of the following four alternatives is not least three particles must take part in the
correct ? We need modulation - transformation.
(1) to reduce the time lag between transmission (1) Statement-1 is correct but statement-2 is not correct
and reception of the information signal (2) Statement-1 and statement-2 both are correct
(2) to reduce size of antenna and statement-2 is the correct explanation of
(3) to reduce the fractional band width, that is, the statement-1
ratio of the signal band width to the centre (3) Statement-1 is correct, statement-2 is correct and
frequency statement-2 is not the correct explanation of
(4) to increase the selectivity statemet-1
Ans. [1] (4) Statement-1 is incorrect, statement-2 is correct.
Sol. Time is not dependent on modulation. Ans. [2]
Sol. Maximum energy = End point energy
56. If a spring of stiffness 'k' is cut into two parts 'A'
= E1 – E2
and 'B' of length lA : lB = 2 : 3, then the stiffness of
spring 'A' is given by - Three particles at least required
1 1 0
(1)
3k
(2)
2k 0 n →1 p + −1 e + v
1 4442444 3
5 5
5
(3) k (4) k p1 → 0 n1 + +1 e 0 + v
1 44
2 1 42444 3
Ans. [4]
Sol. 58. When monochromatic red light is used instead of
blue light in a convex lens, its focal length will -
lA lB (1) increase
(2) decrease
l = lA + lB
(3) remain same
lA 2 (4) does not depen on colour of light
=
lB 3 Ans. [1]
1 1
K∝ ... (1) Sol. = (µ − 1)(k )
l f
1 f∝λ
KA ∝ ... (2)
lA fR > fV
From (2)/(1) so increases.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 86 JUNE 2011

59. Statement-1 :
On viewing the clear blue portion of the sky Part (C) : MATHEMATICS
through a Calcite Crystal, the intensity of
transmitted light varies as the crystal is rotated. 61. Let f be a function defined by
Statement-2 :
f(x) = (x – 1)2 + 1, (x ≥ 1)
The light coming from the sky is polarized due to
Statement-1 :
scattering of sun light by particles in the
atmosphere. The scattering is largest for blue light. The set{x : f(x) = f –1(x)} = {1, 2}.
(1) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false Statement-2 :
(2) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true, f is a bijection and f –1(x) = 1 + x –1 , x ≥ 1
statement-2 is the correct explanation of (1) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true,
statement-1 statement-2 is a correct explanation for
(3) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true, statement-1
statement-2 is not the correct explanation of (2) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true;
statement-1 statement-2 is not a correct explanation for
(4) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true statement-1
Ans. [2] (3) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false
Sol. Statement-I → Polarisation (4) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true
Statement-II → Raylegh's criteria Ans. [2]
1 Sol. f(x) = (x – 1)2 + 1 = y
Scattering ∝ 4
λ (x –1)2 = y – 1
So statement I and II both correct statement-II is x–1=± y −1
the correct explanation of statement-I.
60. Statement-1 : x=1± y −1
Two longitudinal waves given by equations : y1(x, f–1(y) = 1 ± y −1
t) = 2a sin (ωt – kx) and
y2(x, t) = a sin (2ωt – 2kx) f–1(y) = 1 + y −1 Q y≥1
will have equal intensity Statement 2 is true
Statement-2 :
f(x) = f–1(x)
Intensity of waves of given frequency in same
medium is proportional to square of amplitude (x –1)2 + 1 = 1 + x −1
only.
(x – 1)2 = x − 1
(1) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false
Solving these we get x = 1, 2
(2) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true,
statement-2 is the correct explanation of Statement –1 is true.
statement-1 62. If ω ≠ 1 is the complex cube root of unity and
(3) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true, ω 0  70
statement-2 is not the correct explanation of matrix H =   , then H is equal to -
statement-1  0 ω
(4) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true (1) 0 (2) – H
Ans. [3] (3) H2 (4) H
Sol. a1 = 2a, a2 = a Ans. [4]
ω1 = ω, ω2 = 2ω Sol. If H is scalar matrix
I ∝ a2n2 (for same medium) x 0 
H=  
So I1 = I2 statement-I (True)
0 x 
Statement-II
n → constant x n 0
Hn =  
I ∝ a2 0 xn 
I = ka2 (statement -II True ) ω70 0  ω 0 
But no correct explanation, because of frequency. ⇒ H70 =   =   =H
 0 ω70   0 ω

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 87 JUNE 2011

63. Let [.] denote the greatest integer function then 65. A scientist is weighing each of 30 fishes. Their
1.5 mean weight worked out is 30 gm and a standard
∫ x [x
2
the value of ] dx is - deviation of 2 gm. Later, it was found that the
0 measuring scale was misaligned and always under
reported every fish weight by 2 gm. The correct
3
(1) 0 (2) mean and standard deviation (in gm) of fishes are
2 respectively -
3 5 (1) 32, 2 (2) 32, 4 (3) 28, 2 (4) 28, 4
(3) (4)
4 4 Ans. [1]
Ans. [3] Sol. There is no change in mean deviation if each
1.5 1 2 1.5 observation increased by a constant number while
mean increased by that constant number
∫ x[ x ∫ ∫ x dx + ∫ 2 x dx
2
Sol. ]dx = 0 dx +
Hence
0 0 1 2
A.M. = 30 + 2 = 32
2
 x2 
( ) M.D. = 2
1.5
= 0 +   + x2

 2 66. The lines x + y = |a| and ax – y = 1 intersect each
2
1
other in the first quadrant. Then the set of all
 1 3 possible values of a is the interval -
= 1 −  + (2.25 − 2) =
 2  4 (1) (0, ∞) (2) [1, ∞)
(3) (–1, ∞) (4) (–1, 1]
64. The curve that passes through the point (2, 3), and
has the property that the segment of any tangent to Ans. [2]
it lying between the coordinate axes is bisected by Sol. x + y = ± a x+y=|a|
the point of contact, is given by - ax – y = 1 ax – y = 1
6 (1 + a)x = |a| + 1 ax + ay = a|a|
(1) 2y – 3x = 0 (2) y =
x | a | +1
x= (a + 1)y = a|a| – 1
2 2 1+ a
x  y
(3) x2 + y2 = 13 (4)   +   = 2 a | a | −1
2
  3 y=
Ans. [2] 1+ a
Sol. | a | +1 a | a | −1
>0, >0
(0, b) 1+ a 1+ a
(x, y)
⇒a>1

67. If the vectors piˆ + ĵ + k̂ , iˆ + qˆj + k̂ and

(a, 0) iˆ + ĵ + rkˆ (p ≠ q ≠ r ≠ 1) are coplanar, then the
value of pqr – (p + q + r) is -
a b (1) 2 (2) 0
x= , y=
2 2 (3) –1 (4) – 2
⇒ a = 2x b = 2y Ans. [4]
dy −b Sol. p 1 1
& =
dx a 1 q 1 =0
dy − y dy dx 1 1 r
⇒ = ⇒ =−
dx x y x p(qr – 1) – 1 (r – 1) + 1 (1 – q) = 0
dy dx pqr – p – r + 1 + 1 – q = 0
⇒ ∫ y
=−
x∫ pqr – (p + q + r) + 2 = 0
⇒ log y = – log x + log c ⇒ xy = c 68. The distance of the point (1, –5, 9) from the plane
Q it passes through (2, 3) x – y + z = 5 measured along a straight line x = y =
∴c=6 z is -
∴ equation of curve is xy = 6 (1) 10 3 (2) 5 3
(3) 3 10 (4) 3 5

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 88 JUNE 2011

Ans. [1] Ans. [2]
P(1,–5, 9) Sol. A (2, –3) B(–2, 1)
Sol.
Centroid, (h, k)
Let third vertex is (α, β)
2−2+α −3 + 1 + β
=h, =k
Q 3 3
⇒ α = 3h
⇒ β = 3k + 2
Equation of PQ Q 2α +3β = 9
x −1 y + 5 z − 9 2(3h) + 3(3k + 2) = 9
⇒ = = =λ 6 h + 9k + 6 = 9
1 1 1
6 h + 9k = 3
⇒ Q(λ + 1, λ – 5, λ + 9)
2 h + 3k = 1
lies on x – y + z = 5
locus 2x +3y = 1
λ + 1– λ + 5 + λ + 9 = 5
λ = –10 71. There are 10 points in a plane, out of these 6 are
collinear. If N is the number of triangles formed
Q = (–9, –15, –1)
by joining these points, then -
PQ = (−9 − 1) 2 + (−5 + 15) 2 + (9 + 1) 2 (1) N ≤ 100 (2) 100 < N ≤ 140
(3) 140 < N ≤ 190 (4) N > 190
= 10 3
Ans. [1]
→ → → Sol. Max. traingles = 10C3 – 6C3
69. Let a , b , c be three non-zero vectors which
→ →
= 120 – 20
are pairwise non-collinear. If a + 3b is = 100
→ → → ∴ N ≤ 100
collinear with c and b + 2 c is collinear with
→ → → → 72. Define F(x) as the product of two real functions
a , then a + 3 b + 6 c is -
 1
→ → sin , If x ≠ 0
(1) a (2) c f1(x) = x, x ∈ IR, and f2(x) =  x
 0 , If x = 0
→ → →
(3) 0 (4) a + c as follows :
Ans. [3]  f1 ( x). f 2 ( x) , If x ≠ 0
r r r F(x) = 
Sol. a + 3b = λc  0 , If x = 0
r r r
b + 2c = µa Statement-1: F(x) is continuous on IR.
r r r r Statement-2: f1(x) and f2(x) are continuous on IR.
b + 2c = µ(λc − 3b )
r r (1) Statement-1is true, statement-2 is true,
r r
b + 2c = λµc − 3µb statement-2 is a correct explanation for
r r statement-1
(1 – 3µ) b + (2 – λµ) c = 0 (2) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true;
1 + 3µ = 0 2 – λµ = 0 statement-2 is not a correct explanation for
1 statement-1
µ= − λµ = 2 (3) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false
3
(4) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true
λ = –6
r r r Ans. [3]
a + 3b + 6c = 0 Sol. f1(x) = x is continuous every R
70. If A(2, – 3) and B(–2, 1) are two vertices of a  1
triangle and third vertex moves on the line
sin ; x≠0
& f2(x) =  x is discontinuous at x = 0
2x + 3y = 9, then the locus of the centroid of the  0 x=0
triangle is -
⇒ product of f 1(x) and f2(x) is continuous
(1) x – y = 1 (2) 2x + 3y = 1
(3) 2x + 3y = 3 (4) 2x – 3y = 1 ∴ St. (1) is correct and (2) is false

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 89 JUNE 2011

73. Statement-1 : For each natural number n, 75. The equation of the hyperbola whose foci are
(n + 1)7 – n7 – 1 is divisible by 7. (–2, 0) and (2, 0) and eccentricity is 2 is given by
Statement-2 : For each natural number n, n7 – n (1) x2 – 3y2 = 3 (2) 3x2 – y2 = 3
is divisible by 7. (3) – x2 + 3y2 = 3 (4) – 3x2 + y2 = 3
(1) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true, Ans. [2]
statement-2 is a correct explanation for Sol. ae = 2
statement-1
e=2
(2) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true;
a=1
statement-2 is not a correct explanation for
statement-1 b2
e2 = 1 +
(3) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false a2
(4) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true 4 = 1 + b2
Ans. [1] b2 = 3
Sol. By induction, to proof
x2 y2
S(n) = n7 – n is divisible by 7 − =1
1 3
Let n = 1
S(n = 1) = 17 – 1 = 0 ÷ 7, 76. If the trivial solution is the only solution of the
Hence it is true for n = 1 system of equations
Let the statement is true for n = k x – ky + z = 0
⇒ P(n = k) ⇒ k7 – k is divisible by 7. kx + 3y – kz = 0
3x + y – z = 0
⇒ k7 – k = 7λ′.
then the set of all values of k is -
Now to proof the statement is true for n = k + 1
(1) R – {2, – 3} (2) R – {2}
⇒ P(n = k + 1) ⇒ (k + 1)7 – (k + 1) is divisisble
by 7 (3) R – {– 3} (4) {2, – 3}
[1 + 7C1 k + 7C2 k2 + ..... + 7C6 k6 + k7] – k – 1 Ans. [1]
= 7.λ + (k7 – k) Sol. ∆ ≠ 0 for trivial solution.
= 7λ + 7λ′ = 7.(λ + λ′) 1 −k 1
which is divisible by 7. k 3 −k ≠0
∴ Statement - 2 is true 3 1 −1
Statement -1 2
k +k–6≠0
n7 – n is divisible by 7
k ∈ R – {–3, 2}
⇒ use it put n = n + 1
(n + 1)7 – (n + 1) = 7λ True 77. Sachin and Rahul attempted to solve a quadratic
⇒ [(n + 1)7 – n7 –1] + (n7 – n) = 7λ equation. Sachin made a mistake in writing down
the constant term and ended up in roots (4, 3).
= Stanement -1 + 7λ′ = 7λ
Rahul made a mistake in writing down coefficient
statement-1 is true and statement-2 is also correct of x to get roots (3, 2). The correct roots of
explanation of Statement -1. equation are -
74. The equation of the circle passing through the (1) 6, 1 (2) 4, 3
point (1, 0) and (0, 1) and having the smallest (3) –6, –1 (4) –4, –3
radius is - Ans. [1]
(1) x2 + y2 – 2x – 2y + 1 = 0 Sol. Let quadratic equation be
(2) x2 + y2 – x – y = 0 x2 + bx + c = 0
(3) x2 + y2 + 2x + 2y – 7 = 0 α+β=4+3=7=–b
(4) x2 + y2 + x + y – 2 = 0 b=–7
Ans. [2] α . β = 3.2 = 6 = c
Sol. Points will be end of diameter ∴ correct quadratic equation
(x – 1) (x – 0) + (y – 0) (y – 1) = 0 x2 – 7x + 6 = 0
(x – 1) (x – 6) = 0
x2 + y2 – x – y = 0
x = 1, 6

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 90 JUNE 2011

78. Let an be the nth term of an A.P. If
100

∑ a 2r = α
{ ∫
= – tet − 1.et dt }
r =1
100
xe−1/ y = – tet + et + c
and ∑a 2 r −1 = β, then the common difference of 1
xe−1/ y = + e −1/ y + e −1/ y + c
r =1 y
the A.P. is -
1
α–β x= + 1 + ce1/y
(1) α – β (2) y
100
α–β at x = 1, y = 1 1 = 2 + ce1
(3) β – α (4) c = – 1/e
200
Ans. [2] 1 1
x = + 1 − e1/ y
100 y e
Sol. ∑
r =1
a2 r = α
80. Let f : R → [0, ∞) be such that lim f(x) exists and
x →5
100 2
∑a
r =1
2 r −1 +d =α lim
x →5
( f ( x)) – 9
| x –5|
= 0. Then lim f (x) equals -
x →5

100 100
(1) 0 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) 3
∑a
r =1
2 r −1 + ∑d = α
r =1
Ans. [4]
β + 100d = α ( f ( x)) 2 − 9
Sol. lim =0
α −β x→5 | x −5|
d=
100 Limit can be zero only when
79. Consider the differential equation lim f(x) = 3
x→5
 1
y2dx +  x –  dy = 0. If y(1) = 1, then x is given
 y 81. Statement-1 : Determinant of a skew-symmetric
by - matrix of order 3 is zero.
1 1 Statement-2 : For any matrix A, det(AT) = det(A)
and det(–A) = – det(A).
2 ey 1 ey
(1) 4 – – (2) 3 – + Where det (B) denotes the determinant of matrix
y e y e B. Then :
1 1
(1) Both statements are true
y y
1 e 1 e (2) Both statements are false
(3) 1 + – (4) 1 – +
y e y e (3) Statement-1 is false and statement-2 is true
Ans. [3] (4) Statement-1 is true and statement-2 is false
Ans. [4]
dy y2
Sol. =− Sol. Statement-1 is true
dx 1
x− Statement-2 is false
y
|A'| = |A| ⇒ true
1 |–A| = (–1)n |A| ⇒ false
x−
dx y Statement-2 is false
=− 2
dy y 82. The possible values of θ ∈ (0, π) such that
dx x 1 sin(θ) + sin(4θ) + sin(7θ) = 0 are -
+ =
dy y 2 y 3 π 5π π 2π 3π 8π
(1) , , , , ,
1 1 4 12 2 3 4 9
∫ y 2 dy −
y 2π π π 2π 3π 35π
I.F. = e =e (2) , , , , ,
9 4 2 3 4 36
1
x.e −1/ y = ∫y 3
.e −1/ y dy
(3)
2π π π 2π 3π 8π
, , , , ,
9 4 2 3 4 9
1
∫ t · e dt 2π π 4π π 3π 8π
t
=– t=− (4) , , , , ,
I II y 9 4 9 2 4 9

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 91 JUNE 2011

Ans. [4] tan
−1
Sol. 2 sin 4θ cos 3θ + sin 4θ = 0 f ( x) − f (0)
⇒ f ' (0) = lim = lim x
sin 4θ (2 cos 3θ + 1) = 0 x→ 0 x−0 x→ 0 x
1 tan x − x
sin 4θ = 0 cos 3θ = – ⇒ lim =0
2 x→ 0 x2
nπ 2π
θ= 3θ = 2nπ ± ∴ St. (1) & (2) both correct but (2) is not correct
4 3 explanation of (1)
2π
θ = (3n ± 1) 85. The only statement among the followings that is a
9
tautology is -
Put n ∈ I
(1) A ∧ (A ∨ B)
π π 3π 2π 8π 4π
θ= , , , , , (2) A ∨ (A ∧ B)
4 2 4 9 9 9
(3) [A ∧(A → B)] → B
83. The area bounded by the curves y2 = 4x and x2 = 4y (4) B → [A ∧(A → B)]
is - Ans. [3]
32 16
(1) (2) Sol.
3 3
A B A ∧ B A ∨ B A→B [A ∧ (A→B)] S→B
8 T T T T T T T
(3) (4) 0
3 T F F T F F T
Ans. [2] F T F T T F T
Sol. y2 = 4ax & x2 = 4by F F F F T F T
16ab Hence [A ∧ (A → B)] → B is tautology
Area bounded by these curve is
3 86. Let A, B, C be pairwise independent events with
here a = b = 1 P(C) > 0 and P(A ∩ B ∩ C) = 0.
16 Then P(AC ∩ BC|C) is equal to -
∴A=
3 (1) P(A) – P(BC) (2) P(AC) + P(BC)
C C
(3) P(A ) – P(B ) (4) P(AC) – P(B)
84. Let f be a function defined by
Ans. [4]
 tan x
 , x≠0  A∩B 
f(x) =  x
Sol. P 
 1 , x=0  C 
Statement-1 : x = 0 is point of minima of f. P( A ∩ B ∩ C )
Statement-2 : f '(0) = 0. =
P(C )
(1) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true,
statement-2 is a correct explanation for P(C ) − P( A ∩ C ) − P( B ∩ C ) + P( A ∩ B ∩ C )
=
statement-1 P(C )
(2) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true;
= 1 – P(A) – P(B)
statement-2 is not a correct explanation for
statement-1 = P ( A ) − P ( B ) or P ( B ) − P ( A)
(3) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false
(4) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true 87. Let for a ≠ a1 ≠ 0,
Ans. [4] f(x) = ax2 + bx + c, g(x) = a1x2 + b1x + c1 and
p(x) = f(x) – g(x).
Sol. [2]
If p(x) = 0 only for x = – 1 and p(–2) = 2, then the
Since we know in neighbourhood of x = 0,
value of p(2) is -
tan x
> 1 & f(0) = 1 (1) 3 (2) 9 (3) 6 (4) 18
x
Ans. [4]
∴ x = 0 is point of minima
Sol. 0 = (a – a1) – (b – b1) + (c – c1) …(1)
f ( x) − f (a )
& f ' (a) = lim 2 = (a – a1) 4– (b – b1)2 + (c – c1) …(2)
x→ a x−a
p(0) = c – c1 = 2 ⇒ Q (x = – 1) is only root

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 92 JUNE 2011

 ∴D = 0 of p(x) = 0 ⇒ p(–2) = p(0) = c – c1 = ? Ans. [4]
To find (a – a1) 4 + 2 (b – b1) + (c – c1) = p(2) Sol. Statement -1
Let a – a1 = x and b – b1 = y A = P–1 B P
∴ 2 x – 2y + 4 = 0 …(1) PA = BP
4x – 2y + 2 = 2 …(2) P = {(A, A) | PA ≠ AP in general not
⇒ x = 2, y = 4 reflexive. So not equivalence relation.
= 8 + 8 + 2 = 18 Statement-2
88. The length of the perpendicular drawn from the (MN)–1 = N–1M–1 True
x y–2 z –3 from defination.
point (3, – 1, 11) to the line = = is
2 3 4
(1) 29 (2) 33 90. If function f(x) is differentiable at x = a then
x 2 f (a) – a 2 f ( x)
(3) 53 (4) 66 lim is -
x→ a x–a
Ans. [3]
(1) –a2f '(a) (2) a f(a) – a2f '(a)
P(3, –1, 11) 2
(3) 2a f(a) – a f '(a) (4) 2a f(a) + a2f '(a)
Sol. Ans. [3]
x 2 f (a) − a 2 f ( x) 0 
Sol. lim  form 
L x→ a x−a 0 
Q
Applying D.L.
x y −2 z −3
= = =λ lim 2xf(a) – a2f '(x)
2 3 4 x→ a
Q = (2λ, 3λ + 2, 4λ + 3) = 2a f(a) – a2 f ' (a)
D.rs of PQ = 2λ – 3, 3λ + 3, 4λ – 8
Q L ⊥ PQ
⇒ 2(2λ – 3) + 3(3λ + 3) + 4 (4λ – 8) = 0 AUTOMOBILE BATTERY
⇒ 4λ – 6 + 9λ + 9 + 16λ – 32 = 0 Lets pause briefly to discuss
29λ = 29 ⇒ λ = 1 a situation that illustrates the
⇒ Q ≡ (2, 5, 7) concept of electric potential
difference. Consider the
PQ = (3 − 2) 2 + (−1 − 5) 2 + (11 − 7) 2 common 12-V automobile battery. Such a battery
maintains a potential differences across its
= 1 + 36 + 16 terminals, where the positive terminal is 12 V
higher in potential than the negative terminal. In
= 53
practice, the negative terminal is usually connected
89. Consider the following relation R on the set of to the metal body of the car, which can be
real square matrices of order 3. considered at a potential of zero volts. The battery
R = {(A, B)|A = P–1BP for some invertible matrix becomes a useful device when it is connected by
P} conducting wires to such things as headlight, a
radio, power windows, motors, and so forth. Now
Statement-1 : R is an equivalence relation.
consider a charge of +1C, to be moved around a
Statement-2 : For any two invertible 3 × 3 circuit that contains the battery connected to some
matrices M and N, (MN)–1 = N–1 M–1. of these external devices. As the charge is moved
(1) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true, inside the battery from the negative terminal (at 0V)
statement-2 is a correct explanation for to the positive terminal (at 12 V), the work done by
statement-1 the battery on the charge is 12 J. Thus, every
(2) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is true; coulomb of positive charge that leaves the positive
statement-2 is not a correct explanation for terminal of the battery carries energy of 12 J. As
statement-1 this charge moves through the external circuit
(3) Statement-1 is true, statement-2 is false towards the negative terminal, it gives up its 12 J of
(4) Statement-1 is false, statement-2 is true electrical energy to the external devices. When the
charge reaches the negative terminal, its electrical
energy is zero.

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 93 JUNE 2011

 XtraEdge Test Series
ANSWER KEY

IIT- JEE 2012 (June issue)

PHYSICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Ans D C D C B B C C A,D B,C,D B,D B,C,D
Column 13 A→S B→P C→P D→P
Matching 14 A → P.Q.S B→R C → P,Q,S D → P,Q
Numerical 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response 2 5 6 5 2 1
CHEMISTRY
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Ans C A B A B B B A A,B,C,D A,D A,C,D A,C,D
Column 13 A → Q,R B → Q,S C→Q D→P
Matching 14 A → Q.S B → P,R C → P,S D → P,S
Numerical 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response 6 4 2 3 2 4
MATHEMATICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Ans B A A C B A B B A,B,C,D A,B,D A,C,D A,B
Column 13 A→R B→Q C→P D→S
Matching 14 A→S B→P C→R D → Q
Numerical 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response 2 6 2 1 2 1

IIT- JEE 2013 (June issue)

PHYSICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Ans D B C D B D C A B,D B,C,D B,C B,C
Column 13 A → P,Q,R B → P,Q,R C → P,Q,R D→S
Matching 14 A→R B→P C→P D → S
Numerical 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response 1 4 2 5 5 1
CHEMISTRY
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Ans C D C B A D C C A,B A,B B,C A,B,C
Column 13 A → P,Q,S B → P,Q,S C → P, R D → P,Q,R
Matching 14 A→Q B→P C→S D → R
Numerical 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response 5 5 1 2 8 5
MATHEMATICS
Ques 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Ans C B D B A B D B B,C B,C A,C B,C
Column 13 A→Q B→ R C→ P D→Q
Matching 14 A→S B→Q C→P D → R
Numerical 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response 4 5 1 4 2 2

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 94 JUNE 2011

 Subscription Offer for Students
'XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.
C

"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.

✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of IIT JEE.
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/Contests problems and Challenging Questions.

SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE

The Manager-Subscription,
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Career Point Infosystems Ltd,
4th Floor, CP-Tower,
Special
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005 Offer
I wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Half Yearly Subscription (Rs. 100/-) One Year subscription (Rs. 200/-) Two year Subscription (Rs. 400/-)
I am paying R. …………………….through
Money Order (M.O)
Bank Demand Draft of No………………………..Bank………………………………………………………..Dated C
(Note: Demand Draft should be in favour of "Career Point Infosystems Ltd" payable at Kota.)
Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________
Father's Name: _______________________________________________________________________________________
Address: _______________________________________________________________________________________
________________________City_____________________________State__________________________
PIN_________________________________________Ph with STD Code __________________________
Class Studying in ________________E-Mail: ________________________________________________
From months: ____________________to ________________________________________________

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 95 JUNE 2011

 Subscription Offer for Schools
XtraEdge for IIT-JEE
IIT JEE becoming more competitive examination day by day.
Regular change in pattern making it more challenging.
C

"XtraEdge for IIT JEE" magazine makes sure you're updated & at the forefront.
Every month get the XtraEdge Advantage at your door step.

✓ Magazine content is prepared by highly experienced faculty members on the latest trend of the IIT JEE.
✓ Predict future paper trends with XtraEdge Test Series every month to give students practice, practice & more practice.
✓ Take advantage of experts' articles on concepts development and problem solving skills
✓ Stay informed about latest exam dates, syllabus, new study techniques, time management skills and much more XtraFunda.
✓ Confidence building exercises with Self Tests and success stories of IITians
✓ Elevate you to the international arena with international Olympiad/ Contests problems and Challenging Questions.

FREE SUBSCRIPTION FORM FOR “EXTRAEDGE FOR IIT-JEE

The Manager-Subscription,
“XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”
Career Point Infosystems Ltd,

C
4th Floor, CP-Tower,
IPIA, Kota (Raj)-324005

We wish to subscribe for the monthly Magazine “XtraEdge for IIT-JEE”

Half Yearly Subscription One Year subscription Two year Subscription

Institution Detail:
Graduate Collage Senior Secondary School Higher Secondary School

Name of the Institute: _____________________________________________________________________________

Name of the Principal: _____________________________________________________________________________
Mailing Address: _____________________________________________________________________________
__________________City_________________________State__________________________
PIN_____________________Ph with STD Code_____________________________________
Fax_______________________________ E-Mail_____________________________________
Board/ University: _____________________________________________________________________________________

School Seal with Signature

XtraEdge for IIT-JEE 96 JUNE 2011